WO2023006042A1 - Multicast communication method and device - Google Patents

Multicast communication method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023006042A1
WO2023006042A1 PCT/CN2022/108671 CN2022108671W WO2023006042A1 WO 2023006042 A1 WO2023006042 A1 WO 2023006042A1 CN 2022108671 W CN2022108671 W CN 2022108671W WO 2023006042 A1 WO2023006042 A1 WO 2023006042A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network element
ethernet
message
multicast
packet
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/108671
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
朱强华
吴问付
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023006042A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023006042A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
    • H04W4/08User group management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a multicast communication method and device.
  • the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system can provide 5G local area network (5G local area network, 5GLAN) service, which can provide network protocol (internet protocol) for two or more terminal devices in a group of terminal devices.
  • 5G local area network 5GLAN
  • IP internet protocol
  • non-IP type for example, Ethernet type
  • 5GLAN services can be applied to scenarios such as home communication, corporate office, factory manufacturing, Internet of Vehicles, power grid transformation, and public security agencies.
  • terminal devices can join a 5GLAN group due to business requirements or proprietary attributes, and two terminal devices in the 5GLAN group can use 5GLAN services to communicate with each other.
  • the two terminal devices cannot use the 5GLAN service to communicate.
  • multiple devices in a factory can form a 5GLAN group, and two devices in the 5GLAN group can use 5GLAN services to send Ethernet data packets to each other; , computers, laptops) etc. form a 5GLAN group, and two office devices in the 5GLAN group can use 5GLAN services to send IP data packets to each other.
  • 5GLAN services can support Ethernet-type multicast communication.
  • a terminal device can send an Ethernet-type multicast message to one or more terminal devices, and the user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element receives the Ethernet-type multicast message Afterwards, the Ethernet-type multicast message can be distributed to one or more specified terminal devices according to the Ethernet multicast address included in the Ethernet-type multicast message.
  • UPF user plane function
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a multicast communication method and device to solve the problem of how a terminal device joins or exits an Ethernet-type multicast group.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method includes: a session management network element receives an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from a first terminal device, and the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of a first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the A message of the first type received, the message of the first type is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, and the first processing rule includes a first message detection rule and A first packet processing rule, where the first packet detection rule is used to detect the first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to instruct to report all detected packets to the session management network element The first type of message described above.
  • the session management network element can send the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, so that the user plane network element can receive the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the report of the first type of message to the session management network element can be realized, and then the first terminal device can join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the first packet detection rule includes one or more of the following: an IP packet filter, used to instruct the user plane network element to detect an indication of the first type of packet information, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
  • the method further includes: the session management network element receiving first indication information from the user plane network element, where the first indication information includes a first message or a message generated according to the first message. N4 report, the first message indicates that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, the first message is the first type of message, and the first multicast group is the A multicast group of the Ethernet type; the session management network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the second processing rule is the first multicast group
  • the second packet processing rule is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group.
  • the session management network element can send the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element in time, so that the user plane network element realizes the grouping of the first multicast group. forwarding control of the broadcast message, and at the same time realize that the first terminal device joins the first multicast group.
  • the session management network element acquires the The multicast address of one or more Ethernet multicast groups that the device is allowed to join.
  • the session management network element determines that the multicast addresses of one or more Ethernet-type multicast groups that the first terminal device is allowed to join include the multicast address of the first multicast group, and the session management network element generates The second processing rule.
  • the session management network element can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join the first multicast group before generating the second processing rule, and generate the second processing rule when it is determined that the first terminal device is allowed to join the first multicast group .
  • the session management network element acquires at least one multicast group
  • the information of each multicast group includes an identifier of at least one terminal device.
  • the session management network element determines that the at least one multicast group includes the first multicast group, and the information of the first multicast group includes the identifier of the first terminal device, and the session management network element generates The second processing rule.
  • the session management network element can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join the first multicast group before generating the second processing rule, and generate the second processing rule when it is determined that the first terminal device is allowed to join the first multicast group .
  • the first indication information includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group; the session management network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group to the The Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the session management network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, so that the session management network element generates the second multicast address according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the first indication information when the first indication information is the N4 report generated according to the first packet, the first indication information includes the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the session management function network element sends second indication information to the user plane network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the user plane network element will
  • the IP multicast address acquired by the first type of message is mapped to an Ethernet multicast address.
  • the session management network element may instruct the user plane network element to map the IP multicast address obtained from the detected first type of message to an Ethernet multicast address.
  • the session management network element receives third indication information from the user plane network element, where the third indication information includes a second message or an N4 report generated according to the second message, The second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is a message of the first type.
  • the session management network element sends fourth indication information to the user plane network element, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule.
  • the session management network element after receiving the third instruction information, can instruct the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule in time, and at the same time, the first terminal device can withdraw from the first multicast group.
  • the method further includes: the session management network element acquiring fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the multicast management protocol.
  • the session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element
  • the session management network element sends the user plane network element the The first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the session management network element may adopt but not limited to the following methods to obtain the fifth indication information:
  • the session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from the first terminal device; or, the session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and charging
  • the server acquires the fifth indication information.
  • the first type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method including:
  • the user plane network element receives the first processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element, the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by the first terminal device, and the first processing rule is used for The user plane network element processes the first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the first type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit an Ethernet type multicast group,
  • the first processing rule includes a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, the first packet detection rule is used to detect a first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to The session management network element reports the detected packet of the first type;
  • the user plane network element receives a first packet from the first terminal device, and the first packet indicates that the first A terminal device requests to join a first multicast group, the first message is a message of the first type, and the first multicast group is a multicast group of the Ethernet type;
  • the user plane network element determines The first packet matches the first packet detection rule, and sends first indication information to the session
  • the user plane network element After receiving the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, if the user plane network element receives the first packet, the user plane network element matches the first packet with the first packet detection rule , when the first packet matches the first packet detection rule, send the first indication information to the session management network element according to the first packet processing rule, so that the session management network element configures the first Ethernet PDU session for the user plane network element
  • the corresponding second processing rule implements that the first terminal device joins an Ethernet-type multicast group.
  • the N4 report generated according to the first message includes the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; the user plane network element will obtain the The IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element receives second indication information from the session management function network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the user plane network element will, according to the detected The IP multicast address acquired by the first type of message is mapped to an Ethernet multicast address.
  • the user plane network element can map the IP multicast group address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group according to the second indication information.
  • the user plane network element after the user plane network element sends the first indication information to the session management function network element, the user plane network element receives the The second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session; wherein, the second processing rule is the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and the second processing rule includes a second packet detection rule and a second packet processing rule, the second packet detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and the second packet processing rule is used to control the first group Forwarding of Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group.
  • the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the The second packet is the packet of the first type.
  • the user plane network element determines that the second packet matches the first packet detection rule, and sends third indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule, and the first packet detection rule
  • the third indication information includes the second message or the N4 report generated according to the second message.
  • the user plane network element After receiving the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, if the user plane network element receives the second message, the user plane network element matches the second message with the first message detection rule , when the second packet matches the first packet detection rule, send third indication information to the session management network element according to the first packet processing rule, so as to enable the first terminal device to withdraw from the first multicast group.
  • the N4 report generated according to the second message includes the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; the user plane network element will obtain the The IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element after the user plane network element sends the N4 report generated according to the second message to the session management function network element, the user plane network element receives the Fourth instruction information of the management function network element, where the fourth instruction information instructs the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule.
  • the first packet detection rule includes one or more of the following: an IP packet filter, used to instruct the user plane network element to detect an indication of the first type of packet information, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
  • the first type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method comprising:
  • the session management network element receives the Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, and the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session; the session management network sends the first Ethernet session to the user plane network element A third processing rule corresponding to the PDU session; the third processing rule is used by the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the third processing rule includes a third message A message detection rule and a third message processing rule, the third message detection rule is used to detect the first type of message, and the first type of message is used by the first terminal device to request to join or Exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, the third packet processing rule is used to manage the fourth processing rule associated with the detected packet of the first type, and the fourth processing rule is used to indicate the
  • the user plane network element processes an Ethernet multicast packet of an Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type of packet.
  • the session management network element can send the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, so that the user plane network element can receive the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the fourth processing rule associated with the detected first type of message can be managed according to the third processing rule, and then the first terminal device can implement the first terminal device to join or exit Ether type multicast group.
  • the fourth processing rule is a routing rule for an Ethernet multicast packet of an Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type of packet
  • the fourth processing rule is The four processing rules include a fourth packet detection rule and a fourth packet processing rule, the fourth packet detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet type multicast associated with the detected first type of packet group of Ethernet multicast packets, and the fourth packet processing rule is used to control the processing of the Ethernet multicast packets of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type of packets Forward;
  • the fourth processing rule is a media access control MAC address forwarding table of an Ethernet-type multicast group associated with the detected packet of the first type.
  • the third packet detection rule includes one or more of the following:
  • An IP packet filter used to instruct the user plane network element to detect the indication information of the first type of packet, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
  • the session management network element sends access control information to the user plane network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast session that the first terminal device is allowed to join Group.
  • the access control information includes the multicast address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group; or, the access control information includes the address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group information.
  • the user plane network element can judge whether to allow the first terminal device to join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
  • it also includes:
  • the session management network element acquires fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports a multicast management protocol.
  • the session management network element sends the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element
  • the session management network element sends the third processing rule to the user plane network element according to the fifth indication information
  • the session management network element may adopt but not limited to the following methods to obtain the fifth indication information:
  • the session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from the first terminal device; or, the session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and charging
  • the server acquires the fifth indication information.
  • the first type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method comprising:
  • the user plane network element receives a third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management network element, and the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by the first terminal device to be established; the third processing rule is used for The user plane network element processes the first type of packet received from the first terminal device, the third processing rule includes a third packet detection rule and a third packet processing rule, and the third packet A detection rule is used to detect the first type of message, and the third message processing rule is used to manage a fourth processing rule associated with the detected first type of message, and the fourth The processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the Ethernet multicast message of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type of message; A first message of the first terminal device, the first message indicates that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, the first message is the first type of message, and the The first multicast group is the multicast group of the Ethernet type; the user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the third packet detection rule, and uses all the information obtained from the
  • the user plane network element manages the fourth processing associated with the first packet according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group rule, the user plane network element creates a routing rule for the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, so
  • the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group includes the packet detection rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group and the packet detection rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group Text processing rules, the packet detection rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group are used to detect the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group, and the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group
  • the message processing rule of the message is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast message with the first multicast group.
  • the first terminal device can join the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, and the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, so
  • the second message is a message of the first type; the user plane network element determines that the second message matches the third message detection rule, and uses all the information obtained from the second message
  • the IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; the user plane network element indexes the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group
  • the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group is to delete the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule.
  • the first terminal device can withdraw from the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element manages the fourth processing associated with the first packet according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group
  • the user plane network element indexes to the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, and according to the third packet processing rule in the first
  • the corresponding relationship between the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group and the identifier of the N4 session of the first Ethernet session is added to the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the multicast group.
  • the first terminal device can join the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, and the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, so
  • the second message is a message of the first type; the user plane network element determines that the second message matches the third message detection rule, and uses all the information obtained from the second message
  • the IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; the user plane network element indexes to the second multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group
  • the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the multicast group; the user plane network element deletes the Ethernet group of the first multicast group from the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule The corresponding relationship between the broadcast address and the identifier of the N4 session of the first Ethernet session.
  • the first terminal device can withdraw from the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element receives access control information from the session management network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet group that the first terminal device is allowed to join broadcast group. Before the user plane network element manages the fourth processing rule associated with the first packet, the user plane network element determines that the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group includes the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join or withdraw from the first multicast group.
  • the access control information includes the multicast address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group; or, the access control information includes the address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group information.
  • the third packet detection rule includes one or more of the following:
  • An IP packet filter used to instruct the user plane network element to detect the indication information of the first type of packet, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
  • the first type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method comprising:
  • the session management network element receives the Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, and the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session; the session management network element acquires access control information, and the access The control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join; the session management network determines the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information, the The sixth processing rule includes the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the at least one Ethernet type multicast group, and the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the at least one Ethernet type multicast group are all in a deactivated state
  • the session management network sends the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element; the fifth processing rule is used for the
  • the user plane network element processes the second type of message, and the second type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join the Ethernet type multicast group, and the fifth processing rule
  • the session management network element can obtain the access control information after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, and generate the fifth processing rule and the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information.
  • the routing rule in the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of an Ethernet type multicast group enables the first terminal device to join the Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the fifth processing rule is also used as a processing rule for the user plane network element to process a third type of packet, and the third type of packet is used for the first terminal device Request to leave the ether type multicast group.
  • the fifth processing rule also includes a second type of message detection rule and a second type of message processing rule, wherein the second type of message detection rule is used to detect the third type of message, so The second type of packet processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to set the routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected third type of packet from the active state to the deactivated state.
  • the user plane network element can deactivate the route in the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of at least one Ethernet type multicast group according to the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the rule realizes that the first terminal device withdraws from the Ether type multicast group.
  • the session management network element sends access control information to the user plane network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast session that the first terminal device is allowed to join Group.
  • the user plane network element can judge whether to allow the first terminal device to join or withdraw from the first multicast group.
  • the access control information includes the multicast address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group; or, the access control information includes the address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group information.
  • the session management network element acquires fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports a multicast management protocol; the session management network element according to the The fifth indication information generates a fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the session management network element may adopt but not limited to the following methods to obtain the fifth indication information:
  • the session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from the first terminal device; or, the session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and charging
  • the server acquires the fifth indication information.
  • the second type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message
  • the third type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method comprising:
  • the user plane network element receives the fifth processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session and the sixth processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element, and the first Ethernet PDU session is requested to be established by the first terminal device
  • the Ethernet PDU session ;
  • the fifth processing rule is used for the user plane network element to process the second type of message, and the second type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join the Ethernet type multicast group
  • the sixth processing rule includes routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of at least one Ethernet-type multicast group, and the routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group are in a deactivated state,
  • the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group is at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join
  • the fifth processing rule includes a first-type message detection rule and a first-type message processing rule rules, wherein the first type of message detection rule is used to detect the second type of message, and the first type of message processing rule is used to indicate that the
  • the user plane network element after receiving the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, if the user plane network element receives the first packet, the user plane network element can The fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule set the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group from the deactivated state to the activated state, so as to realize that the first terminal device joins the first multicast group.
  • the fifth processing rule is also used as a processing rule for the user plane network element to process a third type of packet, and the third type of packet is used for the first terminal device Request to exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type;
  • the fifth processing rule also includes a second type of message detection rule and a second type of message processing rule, wherein the second type of message detection rule is used to detect
  • the packet of the third type the packet processing rule of the second type is used to indicate that the user plane network element will associate the detected packet of the third type with the multicasting of the Ethernet type multicast group
  • the routing rule of the packet is set from the activated state to the deactivated state.
  • the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, and the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, so
  • the second message is the third type of message; the user plane network element determines that the second message matches the detection rule of the second type of message, and uses the information obtained from the second message
  • the IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; when the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group includes the first multicast group, the The user plane network element indexes the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group;
  • the processing rule sets the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group from an activated state to a deactivated state.
  • the user plane network element can set the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group from the activated state to the deactivated state according to the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session , so that the first terminal device quits the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element receives access control information from the session management network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet group that the first terminal device is allowed to join a multicast group; the user plane network element determines, according to the access control information, that the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group includes the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join the first multicast group.
  • the access control information includes the multicast address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group; or, the access control information includes the address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group information.
  • the second type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message
  • the third type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
  • the present application further provides a device.
  • the device can perform the method design described above.
  • the apparatus may be a chip or a circuit capable of performing the function corresponding to the above method, or a device including the chip or circuit.
  • the apparatus includes: a memory, configured to store computer executable program codes; and a processor, and the processor is coupled to the memory.
  • the program codes stored in the memory include instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the device or the device installed with the device executes the method in any one of the above possible designs.
  • the device may further include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver, or, if the device is a chip or a circuit, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin.
  • a communication interface which may be a transceiver, or, if the device is a chip or a circuit, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin.
  • the device includes corresponding functional units for respectively implementing the steps in the above methods.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software through hardware.
  • Hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is run on a device, the method in any one of the above possible designs is executed.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, where the computer program product includes a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a device, the method in any one of the above possible designs is executed.
  • the present application provides a communication system, the system includes a session management network element and a user plane network element, and the session management network element is used to implement any one of the first aspect, the third aspect, and the fifth aspect One possible design, the user plane network element is used to implement any one possible design in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, and the sixth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a 5G communication system architecture in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a core network of a 5G network architecture in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of multicast communication in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4A is an example diagram of a user-level N4 session in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4B is an example diagram of a group-level N4 session in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a user plane architecture of a 5G LAN service in an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 6 is the schematic diagram of multicast communication of Ethernet type in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is one of the overview flowcharts of a multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is the second overview flowchart of a multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is the third overview flowchart of a multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is one of the schematic flow diagrams of the multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is the second schematic flow diagram of the multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is the third schematic flow diagram of the multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is one of possible exemplary block diagrams of a device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is the second possible exemplary block diagram of a device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • At least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
  • mobile networks that terminal devices can access include 2G, 3G, 4G, and 5G networks, which provide service data transmission channels for the call service, video service, and web page service of the terminal device.
  • 2G, 3G, 4G, and 5G networks which provide service data transmission channels for the call service, video service, and web page service of the terminal device.
  • new services such as the Internet of Vehicles, virtual reality, mobile office, and the Internet of Things
  • mobile networks need to provide optical fiber-like access rates.
  • the intelligent optimization of services and user perception, as well as large-scale energy efficiency improvements and cost reductions are the weaknesses of traditional networks, which cannot guarantee the rapid development of future services.
  • the 5G communication system architecture formulated by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standard mainly includes the following four parts, as shown in Figure 1:
  • the 5G mobile communication system architecture consists of terminal equipment (for example, user equipment (UE)), access network (access network, AN), core network (Core) and data network (data network, DN).
  • Equipment, AN, and Core are the main components of the architecture. Logically, they can be divided into two parts: the user plane and the control plane.
  • the control plane is responsible for the management of the mobile network, and the user plane is responsible for the transmission of business data.
  • the NG2 reference point is located between the AN control plane and the Core control plane
  • the NG3 reference point is located between the AN user plane and the Core user plane
  • the NG6 reference point is located between the Core user plane and the data network.
  • the terminal device is the entrance for the mobile user to interact with the network, and can provide basic computing power and storage capacity, display service windows to the user, and receive user operation input.
  • the next-generation terminal equipment (NextGen UE) can adopt new air interface technology to establish signal connection and data connection with AN, so as to transmit control signals and business data to the mobile network.
  • Terminal devices may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals, mobile stations (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal), user equipment (UE), soft terminals, etc., such as water meters, electricity meters, sensors, etc.
  • AN Similar to the base station in the traditional network, it is deployed close to the terminal equipment, provides network access functions for authorized users in a specific area, and can determine different quality transmission tunnels to transmit user data according to user levels and business requirements. AN can manage its own resources, make reasonable use of them, provide access services for terminal equipment on demand, and be responsible for forwarding control signals and user data between terminal equipment and the core network.
  • Core responsible for maintaining the subscription data of the mobile network, managing network elements of the mobile network, and providing functions such as session management, mobility management, policy management, and security authentication for terminal devices.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device is attached, it provides network access authentication for the terminal device; when the terminal device has a service request, it allocates network resources for the terminal device; when the terminal device moves, it updates the network resources for the terminal device; when the terminal device is idle, Provide a fast recovery mechanism for the terminal device; release network resources for the terminal device when the terminal device is detached; provide data routing functions for the terminal device when the terminal device has business data, such as forwarding uplink data to the data network; or from the data
  • the network receives the downlink data of the terminal equipment, forwards it to the AN, and then the AN sends it to the UE.
  • the data network can be a private network, such as a local area network, or an external network not controlled by the operator, such as the Internet (Internet), or a proprietary network jointly deployed by the operator, such as providing an IP multimedia network subsystem (IP multimedia network subsystem). core network subsystem, IMS) service network.
  • IP multimedia network subsystem IP multimedia network subsystem
  • IMS core network subsystem
  • Figure 2 is a further refinement of the core network of the 5G network architecture based on Figure 1:
  • the core network user plane includes UPF;
  • the core network control plane includes authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF), access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF), network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF), network function storage function (NF repository function, NRF), unified data management (unified data management, UDM), Policy control function (policy control function, PCF), application function (application function, AF).
  • the control plane of the core network adopts a service-oriented architecture, and the interaction between network elements on the control plane adopts the method of service invocation to replace the point-to-point communication method in the traditional architecture.
  • the control plane NEs will open services to other control plane NEs for other control plane NEs to call; in point-to-point communication, the communication interface between control plane NEs will store a set of specific messages, only It can be used by control plane network elements at both ends of the interface during communication.
  • Session management network element mainly used for session management, IP address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints that can manage user equipment plane functions, policy control, or charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification.
  • the session management network element can be an SMF network element.
  • the session management function network element can still be an SMF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Nsmf is a service-based interface provided by SMF. SMF can communicate with other network functions through Nsmf.
  • Access management network element mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., for example, it can be a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function in a 4G communication network or an AMF network element in a 5G network. In future communications such as 6G communications, the access management network element may still be an AMF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Namf is a service-based interface provided by AMF. AMF can communicate with other network functions through Namf.
  • Authentication service network element mainly used for user authentication, etc.
  • the authentication service network element may be an AUSF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G communications, the authentication service network element may still be an AUSF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Nausf is a service-based interface provided by AUSF. AUSF can communicate with other network functions through Nausf.
  • Network open network element used to safely open services and capabilities provided by 3GPP network functions to the outside.
  • network open network elements may be NEF network elements.
  • network open function network elements may still be NEF network elements, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Nnef is a service-based interface provided by NEF, and NEF can communicate with other network functions through Nnef.
  • Network storage network element used to provide service registration, discovery and authorization, and maintain available network function (network function, NF) instance information, which can realize on-demand configuration of network functions and services and interconnection between NFs.
  • the network storage network element can be an NRF network element.
  • the network storage function network element can still be an NRF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Nnrf is a service-based interface provided by NRF. NRF can communicate with other network functions through Nnrf.
  • Policy control network element a unified policy framework for guiding network behavior, providing policy rule information, etc. for control plane functional network elements (such as AMF, SMF, etc.).
  • the policy control network element can be a PCF network element.
  • the policy control function network element can still be a PCF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Npcf is a service-based interface provided by PCF, and PCF can communicate with other network functions through Npcf.
  • Data management network element used to process user identification, subscription, access authentication, registration, or mobility management.
  • the data management network element may be a UDM network element.
  • future communications such as 6G communication, the data management network element may still be a UDM network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Nudm is a service-based interface provided by UDM, and UDM can communicate with other network functions through Nudm.
  • Application network element It is used to route the data affected by the application, access the open function of the network, or interact with the policy framework for policy control, etc.
  • the application network element may be an AF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G communication, the application network element may still be an AF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Naf is a service-based interface provided by AF. AF can communicate with other network functions through Naf.
  • User plane network element used for packet routing and forwarding, or quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, etc.
  • the user plane network element may be a user plane function (UPF) network element.
  • UPF user plane function
  • future communications such as 6G communication
  • the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element, or have other names. This application There is no limit to this.
  • Network element with network slice selection function used to select network slices for terminal equipment.
  • the network element with network slice selection function can be an NSSF network element.
  • future communications such as 6G communication, the network element with network slice selection function is still It may be an NSSF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems. For example, it can be applied to a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or a 5G system, and can also be applied to other future-oriented new systems, such as a programmable user plane system, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. Also, the term “system” and “network” may be used interchangeably.
  • Multicast communication refers to a one-to-many communication mode, in which a terminal device can send messages to terminal devices in the multicast group to which it belongs.
  • Multicast communication may also be described as multicast communication, and correspondingly, a multicast group may also be described as multicast group.
  • the multicast group address is used as the destination address
  • the source of the message is called the multicast source
  • the multicast user receiving the multicast data is called the multicast member. That is, multicast is directional, and the direction is from the multicast source to the multicast members.
  • members in the 5GLAN group include terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 3, terminal device 4, terminal device 5, and terminal device 6.
  • terminal device 1 as the multicast source
  • terminal device 3, terminal device 5, and terminal device 6 as multicast members to form a multicast group as an example
  • the corresponding communication schematic diagram can be seen in Figure 3, that is, the message sent by terminal device 1
  • the multicast message can be transmitted to the terminal device 3, the terminal device 5 and the terminal device 6 in the multicast group respectively.
  • terminal device 2 and terminal device 4 are not multicast members of the multicast group, so they will not receive the multicast message.
  • the N4 session in this embodiment of the present application includes a user-level N4 session and a group-level N4 session.
  • an N4 session can be created by a session management network element on a user plane network element.
  • the session management network element when a terminal device establishes an Ethernet protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session, the session management network element creates an N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session on the user plane network element.
  • the user plane network element receives the packet (such as a multicast packet) sent by the terminal device through the user-level N4 session, and the user plane network element sends a packet (such as a multicast packet) to the terminal device through the user-level N4 session. arts).
  • the session management network element receives the Ethernet PDU session release request of the terminal device, it triggers the user plane network element to delete the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session.
  • one user plane network element can create one or more N4 sessions corresponding to the Ethernet PDU sessions.
  • the user plane network element needs to create an Ethernet The N4 session corresponding to the PDU session.
  • the SMF network element can instruct the UPF network element 1 to create an N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1 (such as N4 session 1 in FIG. 4A ) when creating the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1, and , the SMF network element may instruct the UPF network element 1 to create an N4 session 6 corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 6 (such as N4 session 6 in FIG. 4A ) when creating the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 6 .
  • the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1 may also be referred to as the N4 session of the terminal device 1 for short
  • the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 6 may also be referred to as the N4 session of the terminal device 6 for short.
  • the session management network element In order to support the communication between different user plane network elements and the communication between user plane network elements and DN in the 5G LAN service, the session management network element also needs to be corresponding to each user plane network element providing the 5G LAN service.
  • the 5G LAN group creates group-level N4 sessions.
  • the session management network element may instruct the user plane network element to create a group-level N4 corresponding to the 5G LAN group when creating the first Ethernet PDU session anchored to the user plane network element of the 5G LAN group session; and, the session management network element may instruct the user plane network element to delete the group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group when releasing the last Ethernet PDU session of the user plane network element anchored in the 5G LAN group.
  • a user plane network element may include one or more group-level N4 sessions.
  • each group-level N4 session corresponds to a 5G LAN group.
  • a group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group can be created for one or more user plane network elements that provide services for the 5G LAN group.
  • FIG. 4B is an example diagram of group-level N4 sessions.
  • the SMF network element has instructed the UPF network element 1 to create an N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1 (such as N4 session 1 in FIG. 4B ) when creating the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1, Then, when the SMF network element creates the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 2, it can instruct the UPF network element 2 to create an N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 2 (such as N4 session 2 in FIG. 4B ).
  • the 5G LAN group includes terminal device 1 and terminal device 2.
  • terminal device 1 in the 5G LAN group has already connected to UPF network element 1, and now terminal device 2 is connected to UPF network element 2, there are multiple UPF network elements that are 5G
  • the LAN group provides services and requires communication between different user plane network elements, so the SMF network element needs to instruct the UPF network element 2 to create a group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group (N4 session 3 in Figure 4B); And, the SMF network element instructs the UPF network element 1 to create a group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group (such as N4 session 4 in Figure 4B).
  • the SMF network element can also instruct the UPF network element 1 to create a group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group (N4 session 4 in Figure 4B) , not specifically limited here.
  • the internal interface of the user plane network element is a virtual port or a specific port in the user plane network element, and is used for locally forwarding received data packets by the user plane network element.
  • the local forwarding of the received data packet by the user plane network element can be understood as the user plane network element re-receives the data packet on the internal interface, so that the data packet is detected by the user plane network element again, so as to match the corresponding routing rule, Forward to the correct path.
  • the terminal device establishes a session to the UPF network element that provides 5G LAN services, thereby accessing the user plane of 5G LAN.
  • the UPF network element providing 5G LAN service can communicate with the existing local area network (local area network, LAN) in the data network through the N6 interface, such as communicating with a personal computer (personal computer, PC) in the LAN; or, providing 5G LAN service
  • the UPF network element can also connect the sessions of different terminal devices through the internal interface of the UPF network element (internal interface) or the N19 tunnel between the UPF network elements to realize private communication, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a terminal device can send a multicast message to one or more other terminal devices, and after receiving the multicast message, the network element of the user plane can, according to its multicast address, Distribute it to one or more specified terminal devices.
  • the network element of the user plane can, according to its multicast address, Distribute it to one or more specified terminal devices.
  • how a terminal device enters or exits an Ethernet multicast group is a problem that needs to be solved.
  • multicast group 1 is an Ethernet multicast group
  • UE1 sends a black multicast packet (as shown by the black arrow)
  • UPF1 receives After receiving the multicast message, forward it to UE2 according to the Ethernet multicast address included in the multicast message, and forward it to the N19 tunnel, so that the peer UPF2 forwards the multicast message to UE4.
  • UPF1 receives black multicast packets from N19 interface or N6 interface, forwards them to UE1 and UE2 (not shown) according to the Ethernet multicast address, and does not send them to N19 tunnel again.
  • the packet detection rules (packet detection rules, PDR) for processing the Ethernet multicast message received by the internal interface and sent to the Ethernet PDU session may include internal interface parameters, group instance information, Ethernet multicast address, message replication information
  • the forwarding action rules (forwarding action rules, FAR) associated with the PDR can include the Ethernet PDU session tunnel information
  • the PDR that processes the Ethernet multicast message received from N19 or N6 and sends the internal interface can include the N19 tunnel/N6 Interface information
  • group instance information, Ethernet multicast address, the FAR associated with the PDR can include internal interface parameters, N19/N6 indication information
  • processing Ethernet multicast packets received from the internal interface and sent to N19 PDR can include Internal interface parameters, group instance information, Ethernet multicast address, packet replication information, and the FAR associated with the PDR may include N19 tunnel information.
  • UE1, UE3, and devices in DN form another multicast group 2, and multicast group 2 is an Ethernet multicast group, and UE1 sends a white multicast message (as indicated by the white arrow).
  • UPF1 After receiving the multicast message, UPF1 forwards it to UE3 according to the multicast address of the multicast message, and forwards it to the data network through the N6 interface.
  • the first type of message is used for a terminal device to request to join or exit an Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the first type of message is an Ethernet type message, or an Ethernet message, or an Ethernet data packet, and the above three descriptions in the embodiment of the present application have the same meaning and can be replaced with each other.
  • the first type of message includes a message header and a payload part, and the message header part of the first type of message includes a source media access control (media access control, MAC) address, a destination MAC address, an Ethernet type, and a virtual local area network (virtual local area network, VLAN) tags, etc.;
  • the load part of the first type of message includes a multicast management protocol message, the multicast management protocol message is an IP message, and the multicast management protocol message can be a network group Group management protocol (internet group management prtocol, IGMP) message or multicast listener discovery protocol (multicast listener discovery, MLD) message.
  • the multicast management protocol message may include the IP multicast address of the multicast group that the terminal device requests to join or quit.
  • the above-mentioned IP multicast address may be a multicast IP version 4 (IP version 4, IPv4) address or a multicast IP version 6 (IP version 6, IPv6) address.
  • the multicast management protocol message is an IGMP message
  • the IGMP message includes the multicast IPv4 address of the multicast group that the terminal device requests to join or exit.
  • the multicast management protocol message is an MLD message
  • the MLD message includes the multicast IPv6 address of the multicast group that the terminal device requests to join or exit.
  • the first message is a message of the first type, and the first message indicates that the terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, and the first multicast group is an Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the first message is a message of the first type, and the first message indicates that the terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the first multicast group is an Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the fifth indication information indicates that the terminal device supports the multicast management protocol, that is, the terminal device can send the first type of message to request to join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the fifth indication information may be IGMP indication information, and at this time, the fifth indication information may be described as indicating that the terminal device supports sending IGMP messages, or indicating that the terminal device processes IGMP messages in the Ethernet PDU session Or Ethernet packets including IGMP packets.
  • the IGMP indication information may also be replaced with a packet filter set (PFS) for detecting IGMP messages.
  • PFS packet filter set
  • the fifth indication information may be MLD indication information.
  • the fifth indication information may be described as indicating that the terminal device supports sending MLD packets, or indicating that the terminal device detects MLD packets in the Ethernet PDU session. text or Ethernet packets including MLD packets.
  • the MLD indication information may also be replaced with a packet filter set (PFS) for detecting MLD packets.
  • PFS packet filter set
  • the processing process of the session management network element when the fifth indication information is the MLD indication information is similar to the processing process of the session management network element when the fifth indication information is the IGMP indication information. Only the fifth indication information will be used below It is IGMP indication information, and the first packet is an Ethernet packet including an IGMP packet as an example for illustration.
  • the access control information may include an access control list (access control list, ACL).
  • Access control information may include but not limited to the following two implementations:
  • the access control information may indicate the multicast addresses of one or more multicast groups that the terminal device is allowed to join, and the access control information at this time may be understood as the access control information at the granularity of the terminal device.
  • the ACL includes a multicast address list (list), that is, the multicast address of the multicast group 1 and the multicast address of the multicast group 2.
  • the access control information may include information of at least one multicast group, and the access control information at this time may be understood as the access control information at the granularity of the multicast group.
  • the information of at least one multicast group includes information of the first multicast group, and the information of the first multicast group may include identifiers of terminal devices included in the first multicast group.
  • the identifier of the terminal device may be an address of the terminal device, or a generic public subscription identifier (generic public subscription identifier, GPSI) or a user (User) ID.
  • the information of the first multicast group may also include one or more of the following: an identifier of the first multicast group, and a multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • multicast group 1 includes UE1 to UE5, then the ACL includes the ID of multicast group 1, the multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (list) (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID).
  • list UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID.
  • the ACL is applied to all members in the 5GLAN group. For example, assuming that 5G LAN group 2 includes UE1 ⁇ UE8, and the ACL includes the ID of multicast group 3 and the multicast address of multicast group 3, then the ACL indicates that multicast group 3 includes UE1 ⁇ UE8.
  • the multicast address in the above two manners may be an Ethernet multicast address or an IP multicast address.
  • the Ethernet multicast address and the MAC multicast address can replace each other.
  • the fifth indication information at this time only indicates that the terminal device supports the multicast management protocol .
  • the IGMP indication information only indicates to process the IGMP message or the Ethernet message including the IGMP message in the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device.
  • the fifth indication information indicates that multiple terminal devices support the multicast management protocol.
  • ACL includes the ID of multicast group 1, the multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (list) (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID), then when the fifth indication information is When the IGMP indication information is used, the IGMP indication information indicates to process the IGMP message or the Ethernet message including the IGMP message in the Ethernet PDU session from UE1 to UE5.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, which is used to enable a terminal device to join or withdraw from an Ethernet multicast group.
  • the session management network element After receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message, the session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the user plane network element can receive the first After receiving a message of the first type, report the detected message of the first type according to the first processing rule, so as to realize that the first terminal device joins or exits the multicast group of the Ethernet type.
  • the method shown in Figure 7 is described below:
  • Step 700 The first terminal device sends an Ethernet PDU session establishment message to the session management network element, and the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • Ethernet PDU session establishment message may be understood as a PDU session establishment request message in which the PDU session type is set to Ethernet.
  • Step 710 The session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element.
  • the user plane network element receives the first processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element.
  • the first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device.
  • first type of message reference may be made to the above relevant description, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
  • the first processing rule includes a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, the first packet detection rule is used to detect a first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to report the detection to the session management network element The first type of message received.
  • the first processing rule may include a PDR for detecting the first type of message and a FAR associated with the PDR for detecting the first type of message, or the first processing rule may include a PDR for detecting the first type of message
  • usage reporting rule URR
  • the first packet detection rule may include one or more of the following: IP packet filter, which is used to instruct the user plane network element to detect the indication information of the first type of packet, or embedded to detect IP Packet filter Ethernet packet filter.
  • the IP packet filter can be used by the user plane network element to determine whether the detected packet includes an IP packet, and when it is detected that the packet includes an IP packet, determine that the detected packet is the first type of packet .
  • an Ethernet packet filter embedded with a filter for detecting IP packets can be used by a user plane network element to determine whether a detected packet is an Ethernet type packet, and whether the Ethernet type packet includes The IP packet is determined to be detected as a packet of the first type when the detected packet is an Ethernet type packet and the detected packet includes an IP packet.
  • the indication information for instructing the user plane network element to detect the first type of packet may be used to explicitly indicate whether the user plane network element detects whether the received packet includes the first type of packet.
  • the session management network element can also obtain fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the multicast management protocol, and the session management network element can send the user plane network element according to the fifth indication information Send the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the session management network element may obtain the fifth instruction information from the first terminal device, or the session management network element may obtain the fifth instruction from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and accounting server information.
  • the session management network acquires the fifth indication information reference may be made to manners 1 to 6 in FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 720 the first terminal device sends a first message, the first message indicates that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, the first message is a message of the first type, and the first multicast group is an Ethernet type multicast group.
  • Step 730 The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the first packet detection rule, and sends the first indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule.
  • the session management function network element receives the first indication information from the user plane network element.
  • the user plane network element may determine that the first packet includes an IP packet through an IP packet filter, and then determine whether the first packet is related to the first packet.
  • a packet detection rule is matched, that is, a packet of the first type is detected.
  • the user plane network element may determine that the first packet is an Ethernet type packet through an Ethernet packet filter embedded with a filter for detecting IP packets, and the first packet includes an IP packet, and then determine that the second packet is an Ethernet packet.
  • the first indication information may include the first packet, or a multicast management protocol packet (such as an IGMP packet or an MLD packet) in the first packet, or an N4 report generated according to the first packet.
  • a multicast management protocol packet such as an IGMP packet or an MLD packet
  • the first indication information may include the first message, or the multicast management protocol message in the first message .
  • the first processing rule may include the URR associated with the PDR used to detect the first type of message
  • the first indication information may include the N4 report generated according to the first message.
  • the first message or the multicast management protocol message in the first message includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group
  • the N4 report generated according to the first message includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group. address or Ethernet multicast address.
  • the user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group in the first message to the first multicast The Ethernet multicast address of the group.
  • the session management function network element may also send second indication information to the user plane network element, and the second indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to map the IP multicast address obtained according to the first type of message to is an Ethernet multicast address, and at this time, the user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group in the first packet to an Ethernet multicast address according to the second indication information.
  • step 740 the session management function network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element.
  • the second processing rule is a routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and may be described as a routing rule corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the second processing rule includes a second message detection rule and a second message processing rule.
  • the second message detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group, and the second message processing rule is used to control the first multicast group. Forwarding of Ethernet multicast packets of a multicast group. It can be understood that the second processing rule at this time is a processing rule at the granularity of the terminal device.
  • the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group includes the Ethernet multicast group address of the first multicast group, and the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group will be forwarded to the multicast group in the first multicast group. member.
  • the second processing rule includes the PDR used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group and the FAR associated with the PDR used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and the Ethernet multicast packet For details of forwarding, refer to the relevant description shown in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the session management network element may also determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join the first multicast group, When it is determined that the first terminal device is allowed to join the first multicast group, the session management network element generates a second processing rule; otherwise, the session management network element discards the first indication information.
  • the session management network element acquires the multicast addresses of one or more Ethernet multicast groups that the first terminal device is allowed to join. The session management network element determines that the multicast addresses of one or more Ethernet multicast groups that the first terminal device is allowed to join include the multicast address of the first multicast group, and the session management network element generates a second processing rule.
  • the session management network element acquires information of at least one multicast group, and the information of each multicast group includes an identifier of at least one terminal device.
  • the session management network element determines that at least one multicast group includes the first multicast group, and the information of the first multicast group includes the identifier of the first terminal device, and the session management network element generates a second processing rule.
  • the session management network element when the first indication information includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group, the session management network element needs to map the IP multicast address of the first multicast group to the Ethernet group of the first multicast group broadcast address. The session management network element generates a second processing rule according to the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element may also receive a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is of the first type packets, the first multicast group is an Ethernet multicast group.
  • the user plane network element sends third indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule.
  • the third indication information may include the second message, or the multicast management protocol message in the second message, or the N4 report generated according to the second message.
  • the second message or the multicast management protocol message in the second message includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group
  • the N4 report generated according to the second message includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group address or Ethernet multicast address.
  • the user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group in the second message to the first multicast
  • the Ethernet multicast address of the group, or the user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group in the second packet to the Ethernet multicast address according to the second indication information.
  • the session management network element may send fourth indication information to the user plane network element according to the received third indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule.
  • the session management network element can send the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, so that the user plane network element can receive the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the report of the first type of message to the session management network element can be realized, and then the first terminal device can join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, which is used to realize that a terminal device dynamically joins an Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the session management network element sends the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the user plane network element can receive the first
  • the third processing rule create or delete the routing rule for the Ethernet multicast group of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the first type of message detected, or update the routing rule related to the first type of message detected
  • the MAC address forwarding table of the Ethernet-type multicast group associated with a type of message thereby enabling the first terminal device to join or exit the Ethernet-type multicast group.
  • step 800 reference may be made to the relevant description of step 700, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • Step 810 The session management network element sends the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element.
  • the user plane network element receives the third processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element.
  • the third processing rule is used for the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device
  • the third processing rule includes a third message detection rule and a third message processing rule
  • the third message The detection rule is used to detect the first type of message.
  • the first type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the third message processing rule is used to manage and detect the first
  • a fourth processing rule associated with the packet of the first type the fourth processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group of the Ethernet type associated with the detected packet of the first type.
  • the fourth processing rule may include the following two possible implementation methods:
  • the fourth processing rule is the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast group of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the first type of message detected, and the fourth processing rule includes the fourth message detection rule and the fourth message processing rule, the fourth message detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet multicast message of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the first type of message detected, and the fourth message processing rule is used for The forwarding of the Ethernet multicast message of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type message is controlled.
  • the fourth processing rule is the MAC address forwarding table of the Ethernet-type multicast group associated with the detected first-type message.
  • the MAC address forwarding table includes association information of MAC multicast addresses (also called Ethernet multicast addresses) and N4 sessions corresponding to one or more Ethernet PDU sessions. Adding the first associated information in the MAC address forwarding table can be understood as creating a new MAC address forwarding table. Deleting the last associated information from the MAC address forwarding table can be understood as deleting the MAC address forwarding table.
  • the user plane network element uses the MAC address forwarding table to determine the N4 session corresponding to one or more Ethernet PDU sessions associated with the Ethernet multicast message, it can continue to use the PDR and FAR in the corresponding N4 session to forward the Ethernet group broadcast to the corresponding Ethernet PDU session, or directly forward the multicast message to the corresponding Ethernet PDU session.
  • the fourth processing rule at this time may be a processing rule with a granularity of a user plane network element.
  • the third processing rule may not include the third packet processing rule.
  • the session management network needs to send configuration information to the user plane network element, and the configuration information indicates that the user plane network element management and detection
  • the fourth processing rule associated with the received first type of message for example, the configuration information instructs the user plane network element to create and detect the first type of message when the first terminal device requests to join the Ethernet type multicast group
  • the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast group associated with the first type of message or update the MAC address of the Ethernet multicast group associated with the first type of message detected.
  • the configuration information also instructs the user plane network element to delete the Ethernet-type group associated with the detected first-type message when the first-type message is used by the first terminal device to request to exit the Ethernet-type multicast group
  • the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group or update the MAC address forwarding table of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type message.
  • the session management network element can also obtain fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the multicast management protocol, and the session management network element can send the user plane network element according to the fifth indication information Send the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the session management network element may obtain the fifth instruction information from the first terminal device, or the session management network element may obtain the fifth instruction from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and accounting server information.
  • the session management network acquires the fifth indication information reference may be made to manners 1 to 6 in FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
  • step 820 reference may be made to the relevant description of step 720, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • Step 830 the user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the third packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the Ethernet multicast of the first multicast group address.
  • Step 840 The user plane network element manages a fourth processing rule associated with the first packet according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element manages the fourth processing rule associated with the first message according to the third message processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, It can also be divided into the following two ways:
  • the user plane network element creates the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group Routing rules
  • the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group include the packet detection rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group and the packet processing of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group rule
  • the packet detection rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group is used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group
  • the packet processing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group is used It is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is a message of the first type , the user plane network element determines that the second packet matches the third packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the second packet to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group , the user plane network element indexes the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, and deletes the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule Routing rules for text.
  • the user plane network element indexes the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, and according to the third packet processing rule Add the corresponding relationship between the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group and the identifier of the N4 session of the first Ethernet session in the forwarding table corresponding to the MAC address of the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is a message of the first type arts.
  • the user plane network element determines that the second packet matches the third packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the second packet to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element indexes the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element deletes the corresponding relationship between the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group and the identifier of the N4 session of the first Ethernet session in the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule.
  • the session management network element sends access control information to the user plane network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join.
  • the user plane network element may determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join or withdraw from the Ethernet multicast group according to the access control information.
  • the session management network element can send the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, so that the user plane network element can receive the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
  • the fourth processing rule associated with the detected first type of message can be managed according to the third processing rule, and then the first terminal device can implement the first terminal device to join or exit Ether type multicast group.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, which is used to realize that a terminal device dynamically joins an Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the session management network element After receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message, the session management network element sends the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the user plane network element can After receiving the first type of message, adjust the state of the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast group associated with the first type of message according to the fifth processing rule, and then realize the first terminal device Join or quit the ether type multicast group.
  • the method shown in Figure 9 is described below:
  • step 900 reference may be made to the relevant description of step 700, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • Step 910 The session management network element acquires access control information, and the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join.
  • the session management network element sends access control information to the user plane network element, and the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join, so that the user plane network element It may be judged according to the access control information whether to allow the first terminal device to join or withdraw from the Ether-type multicast group.
  • Step 920 The session management network element determines the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information.
  • the sixth processing rule includes routing rules for multicast packets of at least one Ethernet-type multicast group, and the routing rules for the Ethernet multicast packets of at least one Ethernet-type multicast group are all in a deactivated state.
  • the state of the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of each Ethernet type multicast group may be a deactivated state or an activated state.
  • the status of the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of each Ethernet type multicast group may be indicated by status indication information.
  • the state indication information may be located inside or outside the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of each Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the state of the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of each Ethernet type multicast group may be indicated by a bitmap.
  • the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session includes routing rules and bitmaps of Ethernet multicast packets of N Ethernet-type multicast groups, where N is a positive integer, and the bitmap is the same as that of N Ethernet-type multicast groups.
  • the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group have a mapping relationship.
  • the session management network element may send the mapping relationship to the user plane network element, or the mapping relationship is preconfigured on the user plane network element.
  • the bitmap may include N bits, and each bit in the bitmap corresponds to a routing rule for a multicast packet of an Ethernet-type multicast group, and the value of each bit in the bitmap may be the first preset value or a second preset value, wherein the first preset value is used to indicate that the routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group is in a deactivated state, and the second preset value is used to indicate that the Ethernet type multicast
  • the routing rule of the multicast packet of the group is in an active state, for example, the first preset value is "0", and the second preset value is "1".
  • Step 930 The session management network sends the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element.
  • the session management network element can also obtain fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the multicast management protocol, and the session management network element can generate the first Ethernet PDU according to the fifth indication information
  • the fifth processing rule corresponding to the session may obtain the fifth indication information from the first terminal device, or the session management network element may obtain the fifth indication information from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and accounting server. 5. instruction information.
  • the session management network acquires the fifth indication information reference may be made to manners 1 to 6 in FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the fifth processing rule is used for the user plane network element to process the second type of message
  • the second type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join the multicast group of the Ethernet type
  • the fifth processing rule includes the first type of message
  • the first type of packet detection rule and the first type of packet processing rule wherein the first type of packet detection rule is used to detect the second type of packet, and the first type of packet processing rule is used to indicate that the user plane network element will
  • the routing rule of the multicast message of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the second type message is set from the deactivated state to the activated state.
  • the fifth processing rule is also used as a processing rule for the user plane network element to process the third type of message, and the third type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
  • the fifth processing rule also includes a second type of message detection rule and a second type of message processing rule, wherein the second type of message detection rule is used to detect a third type of message, and the second type of message processing rule It is used to instruct the user plane network element to set the routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected third type packet from an activated state to a deactivated state.
  • step 940 reference may be made to the related description of step 720, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • Step 950 The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the detection rule of the first type of packet, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the Ethernet group of the first multicast group broadcast address.
  • Step 960 When at least one Ethernet multicast group includes the first multicast group, the user plane network element indexes the route of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group According to the rule, the user plane network element sets the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group from the deactivated state to the activated state according to the first type of packet processing rule.
  • the user plane network element may also receive a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is of the third type packet, the user plane network element determines that the second packet matches the second type packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the second packet to the Ethernet address of the first multicast group. multicast address.
  • the user plane network element indexes to the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  • the user plane network element sets the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group from the activated state to the deactivated state according to the second type of message processing rule.
  • the session management network element can obtain the access control information after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, and generate the fifth processing rule and the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information.
  • Six processing rules, and the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, so that the user plane network element can activate or Deactivating the routing rules in the routing rules of the multicast packets of at least one Ether-type multicast group enables the first terminal device to join or exit the Ether-type multicast group.
  • the session management network element is an example of an SMF network element
  • the user plane network element is an example of a UPF network element
  • the terminal device is an example of a UE
  • the access network device is an example of a RAN.
  • Access and mobility management The network element takes the AMF network element as an example.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a multicast communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 may be any terminal device in 5G LAN group 1, and UE1 may join one or more multicast groups.
  • 5G LAN group 1 includes UE1 ⁇ UE8, multicast group 1 includes UE1 ⁇ UE5, and multicast group 2 includes UE6 ⁇ UE8.
  • multicast group 1 and multicast group 2 are Ethernet multicast groups.
  • the following uses UE1 as an example to illustrate the specific process of UE1 joining or exiting an Ethernet-type multicast group.
  • the method shown in Figure 10 may include the following steps:
  • Step 1001 UE1 sends an Ethernet PDU session establishment request message to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element receives the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message from UE1.
  • UE1 sends an Ethernet PDU session establishment request message to the SMF network element when an Ethernet PDU session needs to be established.
  • UE1 may send an Ethernet PDU session establishment request message to the SMF network element through the RAN and the AMF network element.
  • UE1 can carry the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message in the non-access stratum (Non-access stratum, NAS) mobility management (mobility management, MM) message, and UE1 sends the NAS MM to the AMF network element through the access network device message, the AMF network element sends the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message to the SMF network element through the N11 message according to the NAS MM message.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • mobility management mobility management
  • MM mobility management
  • Ethernet PDU session establishment request message may be replaced by other messages, such as an Ethernet PDU session modification message.
  • Step 1002 The SMF network element acquires IGMP indication information.
  • the SMF network element can obtain the IGMP indication information in one or more of the following ways.
  • Mode 1 The SMF network element obtains the IGMP indication information from the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message.
  • the IGMP indication information indicates that UE1 supports the IGMP multicast management protocol, that is, UE1 can send an IGMP message requesting to join or exit the Ethernet type, or it can be described as, the IGMP indication information indicates that IGMP is processed in the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 message.
  • the SMF network element sends a subscription data request message to the UDM network element, and the subscription data request message includes the identifier of UE1.
  • the UDM network element sends a subscription data response message to the SMF network element in response to the subscription data request message, the subscription data response message is the subscription data of UE1, wherein the subscription data of UE1 includes IGMP indication information.
  • the SMF network element can send a Nudm_SDM_Get message to the UDM network element, and the Nudm_SDM_Get message includes the identification of UE1.
  • the UDM network element can send a response message to the SMF network element for the Nudm_SDM_Get message, and the response message for the Nudm_SDM_Get message The message includes subscription data of UE1.
  • UE1's subscription data may include one or more of the following: UE1's identity (for example, subscription permanent identifier (SUPI)), access control information (including the multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 is allowed to join) , for example, the multicast address of multicast group 1) and IGMP indication information.
  • UE1's identity for example, subscription permanent identifier (SUPI)
  • access control information including the multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 is allowed to join
  • the multicast address of multicast group 1 for example, the multicast address of multicast group 1
  • IGMP indication information indicates that UE1 supports the IGMP multicast management protocol.
  • the subscription data may also include other content, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the SMF network element can also judge whether the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is the Ethernet PDU session of the first member of 5G LAN group 1 on the SMF network element according to the subscription data of UE1. If the SMF network element determines that the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is the Ethernet PDU session of the first group member of the 5G LAN group 1 on the SMF network element, that is, the 5G LAN group 1 includes UE1 to UE8 and the current UE2 to UE8 have not established an Ethernet PDU session.
  • UE1 is the first group member to establish an Ethernet PDU session in 5G LAN group 1, and the SMF network element can further obtain the subscription data of 5G LAN group 1.
  • the SMF network element sends the subscription data request message to the UDM network element again, and the subscription data request message includes the group identifier of the 5G LAN group 1.
  • the UDM network element sends a subscription data response message to the SMF network element, and the subscription data response message includes the subscription data of 5G LAN group 1.
  • the contract data of 5G LAN group 1 may include one or more of the following:
  • the SMF network element sends a policy data request message to the PCF network element, and the policy data request message includes the identifier of UE1.
  • the PCF network element sends a policy data response message to the SMF network element.
  • the policy data response message includes policy data of UE1, wherein the policy data of UE1 includes IGMP indication information.
  • the SMF network element may send an Npcf_SMPolicyControl message to the PCF network element, and the Npcf_SMPolicyControl message includes the identifier of UE1, and after receiving the Npcf_SMPolicyControl message, the PCF network element may send a response message to the SMF network element for the Npcf_SMPolicyControl message.
  • the response message to the Npcf_SMPolicyControl message includes policy data of UE1.
  • the policy data of UE1 may include the same content as the subscription data of UE1 in the above method 2.
  • the policy data of UE1 may also include other content, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the SMF network element can also obtain the policy data of the 5G LAN group 1, and the policy data of the 5G LAN group 1 can include the same as the multicast group in the above method 2. 1 has the same content as the contract data.
  • the SMF network element can receive secondary authentication data from the data network-authentication, authorization, accounting server (data network-authentication, authorization, accounting, DN-AAA), wherein, the secondary authentication data includes IGMP indication information.
  • the secondary authentication data may also include access control information.
  • the access control information includes the multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 is allowed to join (for example, the multicast address of multicast group 1)
  • the IGMP indication information indicates that UE1 supports the IGMP multicast management protocol.
  • the access control information includes ACL1 [ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)]
  • the IGMP indication information indicates Group members in the multicast group 1 (ie, UE1 to UE5) support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
  • the DN-AAA may perform auxiliary authentication on UE1, that is, the second authentication, and the first authentication may be understood as the authentication of UE1 by the AUSF network element.
  • the SMF network element before the SMF network element sends the Ethernet PDU session establishment completion message to UE1, the SMF network element obtains the IGMP indication information, wherein the Ethernet PDU session establishment completion message indicates that the Ethernet PDU session establishment is successful .
  • the SMF network element obtains IGMP indication information after the Ethernet PDU session is successfully established (that is, after the SMF network element sends the Ethernet PDU session establishment completion message), that is, for the established Ethernet PDU session.
  • the SMF network element receives the subscription data update message from the UDM network element, wherein the subscription data update message includes IGMP indication information.
  • the subscription data update message may be a Nudm_SDM_Notify message.
  • the subscription data update message may include updated subscription data of UE1, and the updated subscription data of UE1 may include the same content as that included in the subscription data of UE1 in the foregoing manner 2.
  • the subscription data update message includes the updated subscription data of 5GLAN group 1, and the updated subscription data of 5GLAN group 1 may be the same as that included in the subscription data of 5GLAN group 1 in mode 2 above.
  • the SMF network element can actively obtain the subscription data, and in mode 5, when the subscription data is updated, the UDM network element can actively send the updated subscription data to the SMF network element.
  • the SMF network element has obtained subscription data before, the previously obtained subscription data may not include IGMP indication information, and the updated subscription data may include IGMP indication information.
  • the UDM network element can send the subscription data update message in any of the following three scenarios.
  • the UDM network element receives group information from the NEF network element, and sends a subscription data update message to the SMF network element according to the group information.
  • the AF network element sends a Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message to the NEF network element, and the Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message includes group information
  • the NEF network element sends a Nudm_ParameterProvisioning message to the UDM network element, and the Nudm_ParameterProvisioning message includes group information.
  • Scenario 2 The UDM network element sends a subscription data update message to the SMF network element according to the locally configured group information.
  • the group information of 5G LAN group 1 is used as an example to illustrate.
  • the IGMP indication information is outside ACL1 and ACL2.
  • the IGMP indication information indicates that the group members in the 5G LAN group 1 support the IGMP multicast management protocol, that is, the group members in the multicast group 1 Members (ie UE1 to UE5) support the IGMP multicast management protocol, and group members in the multicast group 2 (ie UE6 to UE8) support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
  • the IGMP indication information is inside ACL1, and the IGMP indication information is not included inside ACL2. At this time, the IGMP indication information indicates that the group members in the multicast group 1 support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
  • the UDM network element receives the subscription data update request message from the NEF network element.
  • the subscription data update request message includes IGMP indication information, and the UDM network element sends the subscription data update message to the SMF network element according to the subscription data update request message.
  • the AF network element sends the subscription data update message to the UDM network element through the NEF network element.
  • the subscription data update request message includes the IGMP indication information and the identification of the multicast group 1 or the UE ID list corresponding to the IGMP indication information and the group members in the multicast group 1, then the IGMP indication information in the multicast group 1
  • the group members that is, UE1 to UE5) support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
  • the subscription data update request message includes the IGMP indication information and the identifier of the 5G LAN group 1, and then the IGMP indicates that the group members (ie UE1 to UE8) in the 5G LAN group 1 support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
  • the AF network element sends a Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message or an Nnef_IGMPActivation message to the NEF network element, and the NEF network element sends a Nudm_ParameterProvisioning message to the UDM network element.
  • the Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message or the Nnef_IGMPActivation message includes the IGMP indication information and the identification of the multicast group 1, or the IGMP indication information and the UE ID list corresponding to the group members in the multicast group 1, or the IGMP indication information and the identification of the 5G LAN group 1.
  • the Nudm_ParameterProvisioning message includes the information carried in the Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message or the Nnef_IGMPActivation message.
  • the IGMP indication information may adopt any of the following implementation manners: a packet filter for detecting IGMP packets, or indication information for instructing processing of IGMP packets received from UE1 or indicating UE1 Supports the indication information of the IGMP multicast management protocol.
  • the AF network element sends a Nnef_AFSessionWithQoS message to the NEF network element, and the Nnef_AFSessionWithQoS message includes an IP packet filter, or instruction information for instructing to process an IGMP packet received from UE1 or instruction information for instructing UE1 to support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
  • the SMF network element receives a policy data update message from the PCF network element, wherein the policy data update message includes IGMP indication information.
  • the policy data update message may include updated policy data of UE1, and the updated policy data of UE1 may be the same as that included in the subscription data of UE1 in manner 2 above.
  • the policy data update message includes the updated subscription data of the 5GLAN group 1, and the updated policy data of the 5GLAN group 1 may be the same as the content included in the subscription data of the 5GLAN group 1 in the above mode 2.
  • the PCF network element can also send a policy data update message in any of the above three scenarios.
  • the PCF network element can also send a policy data update message in any of the above three scenarios. For details, refer to the relevant content in the above method 5, and the repetition will not be repeated.
  • the AF network element sends a Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message to the NEF network element, and the Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message includes group information
  • the NEF network element sends an Npcf_Policy Authorization message to the PCF network element, and the Npcf_Policy Authorization message includes group information.
  • the SMF network element can obtain the IGMP indication information through at least one of the foregoing ways 1 to 6.
  • the SMF network element can be prioritized according to the following The priority of multiple access control information is determined in order from high to low: the access control information in the policy data, the access control information in the secondary authentication data, the access control information in the subscription data, the SMF network element local Configured access control information.
  • step 1002 is an optional step, and the SMF network element may directly execute step 1003 after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message from UE1.
  • Step 1003 The SMF network element sets the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element.
  • the SMF network element sets the first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the SMF network element generates the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the SMF network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 and the N4 corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 to the UPF network element The ID of the session.
  • the SMF network element sends an N4 session message to the UPF network element, and the N4 session message includes the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 and the identifier of the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the SMF network element sets the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the IGMP instruction information.
  • the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include the PDR used to detect the Ethernet message including the IGMP message and the FAR associated with the PDR used to detect the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, or , used to detect the PDR of the Ethernet message including the IGMP message and the URR associated with the PDR used to detect the Ethernet message including the IGMP message.
  • the corresponding first processing rule is set in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE5.
  • the relevant description of setting the corresponding first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 by the SMF network element please refer to the relevant description of setting the corresponding first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 by the SMF network element, and the repeated description will not be repeated.
  • the SMF network element can also send access control information to the UPF network element.
  • the SMF network element when the access control information includes the multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 is allowed to join (for example, the multicast address of multicast group 1), the SMF network element can also configure the Access control information is set in the N4 session. Therefore, the UPF network element can judge whether UE1 can join the requested multicast group according to the access control information.
  • the SMF network element can set the access control information in the 5GLAN group-level N4 session. Therefore, the UPF network element can judge whether the terminal device requesting to join the multicast group 1 can join the multicast group 1 according to the access control information, for example, judge whether UE1 can join the multicast group 1, and judge whether UE2 can join the request to join multicast group 1, and determine whether UE3 can join multicast group 1, determine whether UE4 can join multicast group 1, and determine whether UE5 can join multicast group 1, etc.
  • the SMF network element can set access control information in a special module (for example, a PIM module), and the first processing rule should point to this special module.
  • the first indication information and the third indication information need to be sent to the special module, so that it can judge whether the terminal device requesting to join the multicast group 1 can join the multicast group 1.
  • the special module here can be understood as a module in the UPF network element or a module capable of communicating with the UPF network element.
  • Step 1004 UE1 sends an Ethernet message including an IGMP message.
  • the IGMP message includes the address of UE1 and the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit.
  • Step 1005a The UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the message detection rule in the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the UPF network element sends the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the message processing rule.
  • the Ethernet packet or IGMP packet of the packet The Ethernet packet or IGMP packet of the packet.
  • the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes a PDR and a FAR associated with the PDR.
  • the UPF detects the Ethernet message including the IGMP message according to the PDR, and sends the Ethernet message or the IGMP message including the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the FAR associated with the PDR.
  • Step 1006a The SMF network element receives the Ethernet message or the IGMP message including the IGMP message from the UPF network element, the SMF network element parses the IGMP message, and maps the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit to UE1 The Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group to request to join or leave.
  • Step 1007a The SMF network element authenticates UE1 according to the access control information and the IGMP message.
  • the authentication of UE1 by the SMF network element according to the access control information can be divided into the following possibilities:
  • the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can join multicast group 1, and then the SMF network element continues to perform step 1008a.
  • the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can exit multicast group 1, and then the SMF network element continues to perform step 1008b.
  • the SMF network element determines that the authentication of UE1 fails according to the access control information, that is, UE1 cannot join the multicast group 2. The SMF network element discards the IGMP message.
  • the SMF network element determines that the authentication of UE1 fails according to the access control information, that is, UE1 does not join the multicast group 2. The SMF network element discards the IGMP message.
  • the access control information here may include the multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 is allowed to join (such as the multicast address of multicast group 1), or ACL1[ID of multicast group 1, multicast group 1 multicast address, UE ID list(UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)].
  • ACL1 ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)] includes UE1 ID, it is also necessary to determine UE1
  • the Ethernet PDU session of the 5G LAN group 1 is associated with DNN and S-NSSAI in the subscription data of 5G LAN group 1 or the policy data of 5G LAN group 1.
  • step 1006a and step 1007a is not limited here.
  • Step 1005b The UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the message detection rule in the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the UPF network element sends the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the message processing rule. N4 report generated by the packet.
  • the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes a PDR and a URR associated with the PDR.
  • the UPF detects the Ethernet message including the IGMP message according to the PDR, and sends the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the URR associated with the PDR.
  • the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message includes the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit, continue to execute step 1006b.
  • the UPF network element before the UPF network element sends the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the message processing rules, the UPF network element can send the IP multicast report of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit The address is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit.
  • the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message includes the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit.
  • the SMF network element does not need Execute step 1006b, and directly execute step 1007b.
  • the SMF network element can also send the first Two indication information, the second indication information instructs the UPF network element to map the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit.
  • Step 1006b The SMF network element analyzes the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message, and maps the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit.
  • Step 1007b The SMF network element authenticates UE1 according to the access control information and the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message.
  • the authentication of UE1 by the SMF network element according to the access control information can be divided into the following possibilities:
  • the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can join multicast group 1, and the SMF network element continues to execute Step 1008a.
  • the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can exit multicast group 1, and the SMF network element continues to execute Step 1008b.
  • the SMF network element determines that the authentication of UE1 fails according to the access control information, that is, UE1 cannot join the multicast group 2.
  • the SMF network element discards the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message.
  • the SMF network element determines that the authentication of UE1 fails according to the access control information, that is, UE1 does not join the multicast group 2. The SMF network element discards the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message.
  • step 1007b For the access control information in step 1007b, reference may be made to the relevant description in step 1007a above, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
  • the UPF network element can also authenticate UE1 according to the access control information, and the specific authentication method can refer to the above SMF network element Relevant descriptions of authenticating UE1 according to the access control information (ie step 1007a and step 1007b) will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1008a The SMF network element sets the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element.
  • the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include a routing rule for the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1.
  • the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes the PDR for detecting the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group 1 and the FAR associated with the PDR for detecting the multicast packet of the multicast group 1.
  • the PDR used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1 is used to match the received packet with the characteristic information of the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1, and detect the PDR of the multicast group 1 that matches the PDR. Ethernet multicast packets.
  • the FAR associated with the PDR used to detect the Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group 1 is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group 1.
  • the SMF network element sets the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the SMF network element generates the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the SMF network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 and the N4 corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 to the UPF network element
  • the ID of the session For example, the SMF network element sends an N4 session message to the UPF network element, and the N4 session message includes the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 and the identifier of the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include a routing rule for the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1.
  • the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1.
  • the SMF network element may also set a third processing rule corresponding to UE1 on the UPF network element, where the third processing rule includes the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1.
  • the UPF network element maps the IP multicast address of multicast group 1 in the third processing rule to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1, and obtains the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the SMF network element judges whether the UPF network element is serving the multicast group 1 for the first time, and if so, the SMF network element updates the second processing rule in the group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group 1 on all UPFs so that other UPFs can send the Ethernet multicast packets of multicast group 1 to this UPF through the N19 tunnel.
  • Step 1008b the SMF network element sends fourth instruction information to the UPF network element, and the fourth instruction information instructs the UPF network element to delete the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the SMF network element sends an N4 session message to the UPF network element, and the N4 session message instructs the UPF network element to delete the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the SMF network element judges whether the UPF network element is the last UPF network element serving the multicast group 1, and if so, the SMF network element deletes all group-level N4 sessions corresponding to the 5G LAN group 1 on the UPF in the second processing rule.
  • the SMF network element can set the first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session.
  • the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, and sends the first indication information to the SMF network element according to the first processing rule, and the SMF network element receives After the first indication information, a second processing rule is set in the N4 session of the Ethernet PDU session.
  • the UPF network element When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to exit the multicast group 1, the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, and sends the third indication information to the SMF network element according to the first processing rule, and the SMF network element receives After the third indication information, the second processing rule is deleted in the N4 session of the Ethernet PDU session. Therefore, UE1 can dynamically join or exit multicast group 1 .
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a multicast communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 can be any terminal device in 5G LAN group 1, and UE1 can join one or more multicast groups.
  • 5G LAN group 1 includes UE1 ⁇ UE8, multicast group 1 includes UE1 ⁇ UE5, and multicast group 2 includes UE6 ⁇ UE8.
  • multicast group 1 and multicast group 2 are Ethernet multicast groups.
  • the following uses UE1 as an example to illustrate the specific process of UE1 joining or exiting an Ethernet-type multicast group.
  • the method shown in Figure 11 may include the following steps:
  • steps 1101 to 1102 reference may be made to the above steps 1001 to 1002, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
  • Step 1103 the SMF network element acquires access control information.
  • the SMF network element can obtain the access control information.
  • Step 1104 The SMF network element sets the fifth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element, and sets the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the access control information, and the Ethernet PDU session of UE1
  • the sixth processing rule corresponding to the PDU session is in a deactivated state.
  • the SMF network element sets the fifth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the IGMP instruction information.
  • the fifth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include a first PDR and a first FAR associated with the first PDR, and a second PDR and a second FAR associated with the second PDR.
  • the first PDR is used by the UPF network element to detect the message for UE1 requesting to join the Ethernet type multicast group
  • the first FAR associated with the first PDR is used to instruct the UPF network element to add the UE1 request to join the Ethernet type group
  • the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group is changed from the deactivated state to the activated state.
  • the second PDR is used by the UPF network element to detect the message for UE1 requesting to exit the Ethernet-type multicast group, and the second FAR associated with the second PDR is used to instruct the UPF network element to request the UE1 to exit the Ethernet-type multicast group
  • the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet is set from the activated state to the deactivated state.
  • the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of at least one Ethernet-type multicast group indicated by the access control information, and at least one Ethernet-type multicast group’s Ethernet The routing rules for multicast packets are all deactivated.
  • the access control information includes ACL1 [ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)], then UE1's Ethernet
  • the sixth processing rule corresponding to the PDU session may also include routing rules and status indication information of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1, and the status indication information indicates that the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1 is in a deactivated state .
  • the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes the routing rule and bitmap of the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1, and the bitmap corresponds to the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1 If the bit of is set to 0, it indicates that the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1 is deactivated.
  • the SMF network element can send the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 to the UPF network element at the same time, or separately send the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 rule.
  • the SMF network element sends an N4 session message to the UPF network element, and the N4 session message includes the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the N4 session message also includes the identifier of the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the SMF network element sends the first N4 session message to the UPF network element, the first N4 session message includes the fifth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the SMF network element also sends the second N4 session message to the UPF network element, The second N4 session message includes the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the first N4 session message and the second N4 session message also include the identifier of the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • step 1105 reference may be made to step 1004, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
  • Step 1106a When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to join the multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the first PDR, and then sends the multicast message according to the first FAR that matches the first PDR. The routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of group 1 are set from the deactivated state to the activated state.
  • the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the first PDR, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1.
  • the SMF network element also sends access control information to the UPF network element, the UPF network element authenticates the UE1 according to the access control information.
  • the UPF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can join multicast group 1, and the UPF network element determines the Address index to the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1, and set the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1 from the deactivated state to the active state according to the first FAR matched with the first PDR .
  • the specific authentication process reference may be made to the above step 1007a, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1106b When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to exit the multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the second PDR, and sends the multicast message according to the second FAR that matches the second PDR.
  • the routing rules for the Ethernet multicast packets of group 1 are set from the activated state to the deactivated state.
  • the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the first PDR, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1.
  • the SMF network element also sends access control information to the UPF network element, the UPF network element authenticates the UE1 according to the access control information.
  • the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can withdraw from multicast group 1, and the UPF network element determines the The address is indexed to the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group 1, and the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group 1 is set from an active state to an active state according to the second FAR matched with the second PDR.
  • the specific authentication process reference may be made to the above step 1007a, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • the SMF network element sends the access control information to the UPF network element.
  • the SMF network element sends the access control information to the UPF network element.
  • the SMF network element can set the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session.
  • the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, and deactivates the routing rule of the multicast message of the multicast group 1 according to the fifth processing rule state is set to active state.
  • the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, and changes the routing rule of the multicast message of the multicast group 1 from the active state according to the fifth processing rule. Set to deactivated state. Therefore, UE1 can dynamically join or exit multicast group 1 .
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a multicast communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • UE1 may be any terminal device in 5G LAN group 1, and UE1 may join one or more multicast groups.
  • 5G LAN group 1 includes UE1 ⁇ UE8, multicast group 1 includes UE1 ⁇ UE5, and multicast group 2 includes UE6 ⁇ UE8.
  • multicast group 1 and multicast group 2 are Ethernet multicast groups.
  • the following uses UE1 as an example to illustrate the specific process of UE1 joining or exiting an Ethernet-type multicast group.
  • the method shown in Figure 12 may include the following steps:
  • steps 1201 to 1202 reference may be made to the above steps 1001 to 1002, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
  • Step 1203 The SMF network element sets the third processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element.
  • the SMF network element sets the third processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the IGMP instruction information.
  • the third processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include a third packet detection rule and a third packet processing rule, and the third packet detection rule may be used to detect Ethernet packets including IGMP packets PDR, the third packet processing rule is used by the UPF network element to manage the fourth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
  • the fourth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group associated with the detected Ethernet message including the IGMP message, or the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the detected Including the routing rules for the Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group associated with the Ethernet packets of the IGMP packets.
  • the SMF network element executes step 1202
  • the SMF network element sets the third processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the IGMP instruction information.
  • step 1204 reference may be made to step 1004, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
  • Step 1205a When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to join the multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the third message detection rule, and then creates a multicast according to the third message processing rule Routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of group 1.
  • the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet packet including the IGMP packet matches the third packet detection rule, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1 address.
  • the SMF network element also sends access control information to the UPF network element, the UPF network element authenticates the UE1 according to the access control information. For example, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to join multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that UE1 passes the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can join multicast group 1. For the specific authentication process, reference may be made to the above step 1007a, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • the UPF network element creates a routing rule for the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1 in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the UE1 according to the third message processing rule.
  • Step 1205b When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to exit the multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the third message detection rule, and deletes the multicast message according to the third message processing rule Routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of group 1.
  • the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet packet including the IGMP packet matches the third packet detection rule, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1 address.
  • the SMF network element also sends access control information to the UPF network element, the UPF network element authenticates the UE1 according to the access control information. For example, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to exit multicast group 1, the SMF network element determines that UE1 passes the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can exit multicast group 1.
  • the specific authentication process reference may be made to the above step 1007a, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
  • the UPF network element indexes the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of multicast group 1 in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and deletes the Ethernet multicast packets of multicast group 1. Packet routing rules.
  • the fourth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1, and in addition, the SMF network element sends the access control to the UPF network element
  • the SMF network element sends the access control to the UPF network element
  • Step 1205c When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to exit or join multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the third message detection rule, and then updates according to the third message processing rule MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1.
  • the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet packet including the IGMP packet matches the third packet detection rule, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1 address.
  • the UPF network element updates the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1 according to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1, That is, the correspondence between the multicast address of the multicast group 1 and the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is deleted in the MAC address forwarding table. If the MAC address forwarding table only includes the correspondence between the multicast address of multicast group 1 and the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, the UPF deletes the MAC address forwarding table.
  • the UPF network element updates the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1 according to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1, That is, a corresponding relationship between the multicast address of the multicast group 1 and the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is established in the MAC address forwarding table. If the UPF network element does not save the MAC address forwarding table, the UPF network element creates a MAC address forwarding table, and adds the multicast address of the multicast group 1 and the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 to the MAC address forwarding table. corresponding relationship.
  • step 1205c For the specific authentication process of UE1 in step 1205c, reference may be made to the above step 1205a and step 1205b, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
  • the fourth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1 .
  • the SMF network element can set the third processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session, and the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, Determine that the Ethernet packet including the IGMP packet matches the third packet detection rule.
  • the UPF network element creates the Ethernet packet of multicast group 1 according to the third packet processing rule. Routing rules for multicast packets.
  • the UPF network element deletes the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1 according to the third message processing rule.
  • the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the third message detection rule, and the UPF network element updates the Ethernet message of the multicast group 1 according to the third message processing rule.
  • MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the multicast address. Therefore, UE1 can dynamically join or exit multicast group 1 .
  • Fig. 13 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of an apparatus involved in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1300 includes: a transceiver module 1310 and a processing module 1320, and the transceiver module 1310 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the processing module 1320 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 1300 .
  • the transceiver module 1310 is used to support the communication between the apparatus 1300 and other network entities.
  • the device 1300 may further include a storage unit for storing program codes and data of the device 1300 .
  • each module in the apparatus 1300 may be implemented by software.
  • the processing module 1320 may be a processor or a controller, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuits, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It can realize or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosed content of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the transceiver module 1310 may be a communication interface, a transceiver or a transceiver circuit, etc., wherein the communication interface is collectively referred to as, in a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces, and the storage unit may be a memory.
  • the processing module 1320 in the device 1300 can support the device 1300 to perform the actions of the session management network element in each method example above, for example, the processing module 1320 can support the device 1300 Execute step 1002, step 1006a, step 1007a, step 1006b, and step 1007b in FIG. 10 .
  • the transceiver module 1310 can support the communication between the device 1300 and the user plane network element or terminal equipment.
  • the transceiver module 1310 can support the device 1300 to execute step 700, step 710, step 730, step 740 in FIG. Step 1001, step 1003, step 1005a, step 1005b, step 1008a, step 1008b.
  • the device 1300 includes:
  • the transceiver module 1310 invokes the processing module 1320 to execute: receiving an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, the Ethernet PDU session establishment message being used to request establishment of a first Ethernet PDU session; sending the The first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, the first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the first type
  • the message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the Ethernet-type multicast group, and the first processing rule includes a first message detection rule and a first message processing rule, and the first message detection rule A rule is used to detect the first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to instruct to report the detected first type of packet to the session management network element.
  • the device 1300 may correspond to the session management network element in the foregoing method embodiments, and the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the device 1300 are to implement the session management network element in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the corresponding steps of the method can therefore also achieve the beneficial effects of the foregoing method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here.
  • the processing module 1320 in the device 1300 can support the device 1300 to execute the actions of the user plane network element in the above method examples.
  • the transceiver module 1310 may support the communication between the apparatus 1300 and the terminal equipment or the session management network element.
  • the transceiver module 1310 may support the apparatus 1300 to execute step 710, step 720, step 730, step 740 in FIG. Step 1003, step 1005a, step 1005b, step 1008a, step 1008b.
  • the transceiver module 1310 is configured to: receive the first processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element, and the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by the first terminal device to be established , the first processing rule is used by the user plane network element to process a first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the first type of message is used by the first terminal device to request to join Or exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, the first processing rule includes a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, and the first packet detection rule is used to detect a first type of packet, and the The first packet processing rule is used to report the detected packet of the first type to the session management network element; receive a first packet from the first terminal device, and the first packet indicates the The first terminal device requests to join a first multicast group, the first message is a message of the first type, and the first multicast group is a multicast group of the Ethernet type;
  • the processing module 1320 is configured to determine that the first packet matches the first packet detection rule, and control the transceiver module 1310 to send the first packet to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule.
  • Indication information where the first indication information includes the first message or the N4 report generated according to the first message.
  • the device 1300 may correspond to the method of the user plane network element in the foregoing method embodiments, and the operations and/or functions of each module in the device 1300 are to realize the user plane network elements in the foregoing method embodiments respectively. Therefore, the beneficial effects in the foregoing method embodiments can also be achieved, and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here.
  • Fig. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1400 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 1400 includes: a processor 1401 .
  • the device 1400 is a session management function network element or a chip in a session management function network element, in a possible implementation manner, when the processor 1401 is used to call an interface to perform the following actions:
  • Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, where the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of a first Ethernet PDU session; send the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to a user plane network element, so The first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the first type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join Or exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, the first processing rule includes a first message detection rule and a first message processing rule, and the first message detection rule is used to detect the first type of message, The first packet processing rule is used to instruct to report the detected packet of the first type to the session management network element.
  • apparatus 1400 may also be used to perform other steps and/or operations on the network element side of the session management function in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described here for brevity.
  • the device 1400 is a user plane network element or a chip in a user plane network element
  • the processor 1401 is used to call an interface to perform the following actions:
  • the first processing rule for a first Ethernet PDU session from a session management function network element, the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by a first terminal device, and the first processing rule is used for the user plane network Meta-processing the first type of message received from the first terminal device, the first type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group, the first processing The rules include a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, the first packet detection rule is used to detect a first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to report to the session management network The first type of message detected by meta-reporting; receiving a first message from the first terminal device, the first message indicating that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, the The first message is a message of the first type, and the first multicast group is a multicast group of the Ethernet type; it is determined that the first message matches the first message detection rule, according to The first packet processing rule sends first indication information to the session management function network element, where
  • apparatus 1400 may also be used to perform other steps and/or operations on the user plane network element side in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described here for brevity.
  • the processor 1401 may call an interface to perform the above sending and receiving action, where the called interface may be a logical interface or a physical interface, which is not limited thereto.
  • the physical interface can be implemented through a transceiver.
  • the apparatus 1400 further includes a transceiver 1403 .
  • the apparatus 1400 further includes a memory 1402, and the memory 1402 may store the program codes in the foregoing method embodiments, so as to be called by the processor 1401.
  • the apparatus 1400 includes a processor 1401, a memory 1402, and a transceiver 1403, the processor 1401, the memory 1402, and the transceiver 1403 communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals.
  • the processor 1401, the memory 1402, and the transceiver 1403 may be implemented by a chip, and the processor 1401, the memory 1402, and the transceiver 1403 may be implemented in the same chip, or may be implemented in different chips respectively, Or a combination of any two of these functions can be implemented in one chip.
  • the memory 1402 may store program codes, and the processor 1401 calls the program codes stored in the memory 1402 to implement corresponding functions of the apparatus 1400 .
  • a processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other available Programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, system on chip (system on chip, SoC), central processor unit (central processor unit, CPU), or network processor (network processor, NP), can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), can also be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other Integrated chip.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • Programmable logic devices discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, system on chip (system on chip, SoC), central processor unit
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic.
  • the various numerical numbers or serial numbers involved in the above-mentioned various processes are only for convenience of description, and shall not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the above is an example of the three elements of A, B and C to illustrate the optional items of the project.
  • the expression includes at least one of the following: A, B, ..., and X"
  • the applicable entries for this item can also be obtained according to the aforementioned rules.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, and other media capable of storing program codes.

Abstract

A multicast communication method and device, the method comprising: a session management network element receives from a first terminal device an Ethernet protocol data unit (PDU) session establishment message, the Ethernet PDU session establishment message being used to request to establish a first Ethernet PDU session; the session management network element sends to a user plane network element a first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, the first processing rule being used for instructing the user plane network element to process a first type of packet received from a first terminal device, and the first type of packet being used for a first terminal device to request to join or leave an Ethernet-type multicast group; the first processing rule comprises a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, the first packet detection rule being used for detecting a first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule being used for instructing to report the detected first type of packet to the session management network element. The use of the above method allows a first terminal device to join or leave an Ethernet-type multicast group.

Description

一种组播通信方法及装置Method and device for multicast communication
相关申请的交叉引用Cross References to Related Applications
本申请要求在2021年07月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110866710.2、申请名称为“一种组播通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110866710.2 and the application name "A Multicast Communication Method and Device" submitted to the China Patent Office on July 29, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference middle.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及一种组播通信方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a multicast communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统可以提供5G本地局域网(5G local area network,5GLAN)服务,此服务能够为一组终端设备中的两个或者多个终端设备提供网络协议(internet protocol,IP)类型或者非IP类型(例如,以太类型)的私有通信。The fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) mobile communication system can provide 5G local area network (5G local area network, 5GLAN) service, which can provide network protocol (internet protocol) for two or more terminal devices in a group of terminal devices. , IP) type or non-IP type (for example, Ethernet type) private communication.
其中,5GLAN服务可以应用于家庭通信,企业办公,工厂制造,车联网,电网改造和公安机关等场景。其中,终端设备由于业务需求或者专有属性可以加入到一个5GLAN组中,5GLAN组中的两个终端设备之间可以使用5GLAN服务相互通信。但是,对于不属于同一个5GLAN组的两个终端设备,则这两个终端设备不能够使用5GLAN服务进行通信。Among them, 5GLAN services can be applied to scenarios such as home communication, corporate office, factory manufacturing, Internet of Vehicles, power grid transformation, and public security agencies. Among them, terminal devices can join a 5GLAN group due to business requirements or proprietary attributes, and two terminal devices in the 5GLAN group can use 5GLAN services to communicate with each other. However, for two terminal devices that do not belong to the same 5GLAN group, the two terminal devices cannot use the 5GLAN service to communicate.
例如,工厂中的多个设备可以组成一个5GLAN组,该5GLAN组中的两个设备之间可以使用5GLAN服务相互发送以太数据包;或者,企业中一个部门中的雇员的办公设备(例如,手机,计算机,笔记本电脑)等组成一个5GLAN组,该5GLAN组中的两个办公设备之间可以使用5GLAN服务互相发送IP数据包。For example, multiple devices in a factory can form a 5GLAN group, and two devices in the 5GLAN group can use 5GLAN services to send Ethernet data packets to each other; , computers, laptops) etc. form a 5GLAN group, and two office devices in the 5GLAN group can use 5GLAN services to send IP data packets to each other.
其中,5GLAN服务可以支持以太类型的组播通信。对于以太类型的组播通信,一个终端设备可以发送以太类型的组播报文给一个或者多个终端设备,用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元在接收到以太类型的组播报文后,可以根据以太类型的组播报文中包括的以太组播地址,将该以太类型的组播报文分发到指定的一个或者多个终端设备。但是,终端设备如何加入或退出以太类型的组播组是一个需要解决的问题。Among them, 5GLAN services can support Ethernet-type multicast communication. For Ethernet-type multicast communication, a terminal device can send an Ethernet-type multicast message to one or more terminal devices, and the user plane function (user plane function, UPF) network element receives the Ethernet-type multicast message Afterwards, the Ethernet-type multicast message can be distributed to one or more specified terminal devices according to the Ethernet multicast address included in the Ethernet-type multicast message. However, how a terminal device joins or withdraws from an Ethernet multicast group is a problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法及装置,用以解决终端设备如何加入进入或退出以太类型的组播组的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a multicast communication method and device to solve the problem of how a terminal device joins or exits an Ethernet-type multicast group.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法,该方法包括:会话管理网元接收来自第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话。所述会话管理网元向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,所述第一处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收到的第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,所述第一报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第一报文处理规则用于指示向所述会话管理 网元报告检测到的所述第一类型的报文。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method includes: a session management network element receives an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from a first terminal device, and the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of a first Ethernet PDU session. The session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the A message of the first type received, the message of the first type is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, and the first processing rule includes a first message detection rule and A first packet processing rule, where the first packet detection rule is used to detect the first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to instruct to report all detected packets to the session management network element The first type of message described above.
采用上述方法,会话管理网元可以在接收到第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息后,向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,以便用户面网元在接收到第一类型的报文的情况下,能实现将第一类型的报文上报至会话管理网元,进而能够实现第一终端设备加入或者退出以太类型的组播组。Using the above method, the session management network element can send the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, so that the user plane network element can receive the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session. In the case of the first type of message, the report of the first type of message to the session management network element can be realized, and then the first terminal device can join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一报文检测规则包括以下一项或多项:IP报文过滤器,用于指示所述用户面网元检测所述第一类型的报文的指示信息,或者内嵌IP报文过滤器的以太报文过滤器。In a possible design, the first packet detection rule includes one or more of the following: an IP packet filter, used to instruct the user plane network element to detect an indication of the first type of packet information, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
在一种可能的设计中,还包括:所述会话管理网元接收来自所述用户面网元的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括第一报文或根据第一报文生成的N4报告,所述第一报文指示所述第一终端设备请求加入第一组播组,所述第一报文为所述第一类型的报文,所述第一组播组为所述以太类型的组播组;所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则,所述第二处理规则为所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则;所述第二处理规则包括第二报文检测规则和第二报文处理规则,所述第二报文检测规则用于检测所述第一组播组的以太组播报文,所述第二报文处理规则用于控制所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的转发。In a possible design, the method further includes: the session management network element receiving first indication information from the user plane network element, where the first indication information includes a first message or a message generated according to the first message. N4 report, the first message indicates that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, the first message is the first type of message, and the first multicast group is the A multicast group of the Ethernet type; the session management network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the second processing rule is the first multicast group The routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message; the second processing rule includes a second message detection rule and a second message processing rule, and the second message detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet of the first multicast group For multicast packets, the second packet processing rule is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元在接收到第一指示信息后,可以及时向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则,以便用户面网元实现第一组播组的组播报文的转发控制,同时实现了第一终端设备加入第一组播组。With the above design, after receiving the first indication information, the session management network element can send the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element in time, so that the user plane network element realizes the grouping of the first multicast group. forwarding control of the broadcast message, and at the same time realize that the first terminal device joins the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,在所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则之前,所述会话管理网元获取所述第一终端设备允许加入的一个或多个以太类型的组播组的组播地址。所述会话管理网元确定所述第一终端设备允许加入的一个或多个以太类型的组播组的组播地址包括所述第一组播组的组播地址,所述会话管理网元生成所述第二处理规则。In a possible design, before the session management network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, the session management network element acquires the The multicast address of one or more Ethernet multicast groups that the device is allowed to join. The session management network element determines that the multicast addresses of one or more Ethernet-type multicast groups that the first terminal device is allowed to join include the multicast address of the first multicast group, and the session management network element generates The second processing rule.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元可以在生成第二处理规则之前判断是否允许第一终端设备加入第一组播组,在确定允许第一终端设备加入第一组播组时,生成第二处理规则。With the above design, the session management network element can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join the first multicast group before generating the second processing rule, and generate the second processing rule when it is determined that the first terminal device is allowed to join the first multicast group .
在一种可能的设计中,在所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则之前,所述会话管理网元获取至少一个组播组的信息,每个组播组的信息包括至少一个终端设备的标识。所述会话管理网元确定所述至少一个组播组包括所述第一组播组,且所述第一组播组的信息包括所述第一终端设备的标识,所述会话管理网元生成所述第二处理规则。In a possible design, before the session management network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, the session management network element acquires at least one multicast group The information of each multicast group includes an identifier of at least one terminal device. The session management network element determines that the at least one multicast group includes the first multicast group, and the information of the first multicast group includes the identifier of the first terminal device, and the session management network element generates The second processing rule.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元可以在生成第二处理规则之前判断是否允许第一终端设备加入第一组播组,在确定允许第一终端设备加入第一组播组时,生成第二处理规则。With the above design, the session management network element can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join the first multicast group before generating the second processing rule, and generate the second processing rule when it is determined that the first terminal device is allowed to join the first multicast group .
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一组播组的IP组播地址;所述会话管理网元将所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址。In a possible design, the first indication information includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group; the session management network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group to the The Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元将第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址,以便会话管理网元根据第一组播组的以太组播地址生成第二处理规则。With the above design, the session management network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, so that the session management network element generates the second multicast address according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group. 2. Handling rules.
在一种可能的设计中,在所述第一指示信息为根据所述第一报文生成的N4报告时,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一组播组的以太组播地址。In a possible design, when the first indication information is the N4 report generated according to the first packet, the first indication information includes the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述会话管理功能网元向所述用户面网元发送第二指示信息, 所述第二指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元将根据所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文获取的IP组播地址映射为以太组播地址。In a possible design, the session management function network element sends second indication information to the user plane network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the user plane network element will The IP multicast address acquired by the first type of message is mapped to an Ethernet multicast address.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元可以指示用户面网元将检测到的第一类型的报文获取的IP组播地址映射为以太组播地址。With the above design, the session management network element may instruct the user plane network element to map the IP multicast address obtained from the detected first type of message to an Ethernet multicast address.
在一种可能的设计中,所述会话管理网元接收来自所述用户面网元的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括第二报文或根据第二报文生成的N4报告,所述第二报文指示所述第一终端设备请求退出所述第一组播组,所述第二报文为所述第一类型的报文。所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元删除所述第二处理规则。In a possible design, the session management network element receives third indication information from the user plane network element, where the third indication information includes a second message or an N4 report generated according to the second message, The second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is a message of the first type. The session management network element sends fourth indication information to the user plane network element, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元在接收到第三指示信息后,可以及时指示用户面网元删除第二处理规则,同时实现了第一终端设备退出第一组播组。With the above design, after receiving the third instruction information, the session management network element can instruct the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule in time, and at the same time, the first terminal device can withdraw from the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,还包括:所述会话管理网元获取第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备支持组播管理协议。在所述会话管理网元向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则时,所述会话管理网元根据所述第五指示信息向所述用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则。In a possible design, the method further includes: the session management network element acquiring fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the multicast management protocol. When the session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, the session management network element sends the user plane network element the The first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
在一种可能的设计中,所述会话管理网元获取第五指示信息可以采用但不限于以下方法:In a possible design, the session management network element may adopt but not limited to the following methods to obtain the fifth indication information:
所述会话管理网元从所述第一终端设备获取所述第五指示信息;或者,所述会话管理网元从统一数据管理网元或策略控制功能网元或数据网络认证、授权、计费服务器获取所述第五指示信息。The session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from the first terminal device; or, the session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and charging The server acquires the fifth indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一类型的报文包括IGMP报文,或者,MLD报文。In a possible design, the first type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法,该方法包括:In a second aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method including:
用户面网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一以太PDU会话的第一处理规则,所述第一以太PDU会话为第一终端设备请求建立的以太PDU会话,所述第一处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,所述第一报文检测规则用于检测第一类型的报文,所述第一报文处理规则用于向所述会话管理网元报告检测到的所述第一类型的报文;所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一报文,所述第一报文指示所述第一终端设备请求加入第一组播组,所述第一报文为所述第一类型的报文,所述第一组播组为所述以太类型的组播组;所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第一报文检测规则匹配,根据所述第一报文处理规则向所述会话管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一报文或根据所述第一报文生成的N4报告。The user plane network element receives the first processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element, the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by the first terminal device, and the first processing rule is used for The user plane network element processes the first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the first type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit an Ethernet type multicast group, The first processing rule includes a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, the first packet detection rule is used to detect a first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to The session management network element reports the detected packet of the first type; the user plane network element receives a first packet from the first terminal device, and the first packet indicates that the first A terminal device requests to join a first multicast group, the first message is a message of the first type, and the first multicast group is a multicast group of the Ethernet type; the user plane network element determines The first packet matches the first packet detection rule, and sends first indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule, where the first indication information includes the first A message or an N4 report generated according to the first message.
采用上述方法,在接收到第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则后,若用户面网元接收到第一报文,用户面网元将第一报文与第一报文检测规则进行匹配,在第一报文与第一报文检测规则匹配时,根据第一报文处理规则向会话管理网元发送第一指示信息,以便会话管理网元为用户面网元配置第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则,实现第一终端设备加入以太类型的组播组。Using the above method, after receiving the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, if the user plane network element receives the first packet, the user plane network element matches the first packet with the first packet detection rule , when the first packet matches the first packet detection rule, send the first indication information to the session management network element according to the first packet processing rule, so that the session management network element configures the first Ethernet PDU session for the user plane network element The corresponding second processing rule implements that the first terminal device joins an Ethernet-type multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第一报文生成的N4报告包括所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;所述用户面网元将从所述第一报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映 射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址。In a possible design, the N4 report generated according to the first message includes the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; the user plane network element will obtain the The IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述用户面网元接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元将根据所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文获取的IP组播地址映射为以太组播地址。In a possible design, the user plane network element receives second indication information from the session management function network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the user plane network element will, according to the detected The IP multicast address acquired by the first type of message is mapped to an Ethernet multicast address.
采用上述设计,用户面网元可以根据第二指示信息将从第一报文获取的第一组播组的IP组播组地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址。With the above design, the user plane network element can map the IP multicast group address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group according to the second indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,在所述用户面网元向所述会话管理功能网元发送所述第一指示信息之后,所述用户面网元接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则;其中,所述第二处理规则为所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,所述第二处理规则包括第二报文检测规则和第二报文处理规则,所述第二报文检测规则用于检测所述第一组播组的以太组播报文,所述第二报文处理规则用于控制所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的转发。In a possible design, after the user plane network element sends the first indication information to the session management function network element, the user plane network element receives the The second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session; wherein, the second processing rule is the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and the second processing rule includes a second packet detection rule and a second packet processing rule, the second packet detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and the second packet processing rule is used to control the first group Forwarding of Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述用户面网元从所述第一终端设备接收第二报文,所述第二报文指示所述第一终端设备请求退出第一组播组,所述第二报文为所述第一类型的报文。所述用户面网元确定所述第二报文与所述第一报文检测规则匹配,根据所述第一报文处理规则向所述会话管理功能网元发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括所述第二报文或根据所述第二报文生成的N4报告。In a possible design, the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the The second packet is the packet of the first type. The user plane network element determines that the second packet matches the first packet detection rule, and sends third indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule, and the first packet detection rule The third indication information includes the second message or the N4 report generated according to the second message.
采用上述方法,在接收到第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则后,若用户面网元接收到第二报文,用户面网元将第二报文与第一报文检测规则进行匹配,在第二报文与第一报文检测规则匹配时,根据第一报文处理规则向会话管理网元发送第三指示信息,以实现第一终端设备退出第一组播组。Using the above method, after receiving the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, if the user plane network element receives the second message, the user plane network element matches the second message with the first message detection rule , when the second packet matches the first packet detection rule, send third indication information to the session management network element according to the first packet processing rule, so as to enable the first terminal device to withdraw from the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述根据所述第二报文生成的N4报告包括所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;所述用户面网元将从所述第二报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址。In a possible design, the N4 report generated according to the second message includes the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; the user plane network element will obtain the The IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,在所述用户面网元向所述会话管理功能网元发送所述根据所述第二报文生成的N4报告之后,所述用户面网元接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息指示所述用户面网元删除所述第二处理规则。In a possible design, after the user plane network element sends the N4 report generated according to the second message to the session management function network element, the user plane network element receives the Fourth instruction information of the management function network element, where the fourth instruction information instructs the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一报文检测规则包括以下一项或多项:IP报文过滤器,用于指示所述用户面网元检测所述第一类型的报文的指示信息,或者内嵌IP报文过滤器的以太报文过滤器。In a possible design, the first packet detection rule includes one or more of the following: an IP packet filter, used to instruct the user plane network element to detect an indication of the first type of packet information, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一类型的报文包括IGMP报文,或者MLD报文。In a possible design, the first type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法,该方法包括:In a third aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method comprising:
会话管理网元接收来自第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;所述会话管理网向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则;所述第三处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,所述第三处理规则包括第三报文检测规则和第三报文处理规则,所述第三报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第三报文处理规则用于管理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的第四处理规则,所述第四处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以 太组播报文。The session management network element receives the Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, and the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session; the session management network sends the first Ethernet session to the user plane network element A third processing rule corresponding to the PDU session; the third processing rule is used by the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the third processing rule includes a third message A message detection rule and a third message processing rule, the third message detection rule is used to detect the first type of message, and the first type of message is used by the first terminal device to request to join or Exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, the third packet processing rule is used to manage the fourth processing rule associated with the detected packet of the first type, and the fourth processing rule is used to indicate the The user plane network element processes an Ethernet multicast packet of an Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type of packet.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元可以在接收到第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息后,向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则,以便用户面网元在接收到第一类型的报文的情况下,能实现根据第三处理规则管理与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的第四处理规则,进而实现第一终端设备能够实现第一终端设备加入或者退出以太类型的组播组。With the above design, the session management network element can send the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, so that the user plane network element can receive the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session. In the case of the first type of message, the fourth processing rule associated with the detected first type of message can be managed according to the third processing rule, and then the first terminal device can implement the first terminal device to join or exit Ether type multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第四处理规则为与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,所述第四处理规则包括第四报文检测规则和第四报文处理规则,所述第四报文检测规则用于检测与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文,所述第四报文处理规则用于控制所述与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的转发;In a possible design, the fourth processing rule is a routing rule for an Ethernet multicast packet of an Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type of packet, and the fourth processing rule is The four processing rules include a fourth packet detection rule and a fourth packet processing rule, the fourth packet detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet type multicast associated with the detected first type of packet group of Ethernet multicast packets, and the fourth packet processing rule is used to control the processing of the Ethernet multicast packets of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type of packets Forward;
或者,所述第四处理规则为与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的媒体接入控制MAC地址转发表。Alternatively, the fourth processing rule is a media access control MAC address forwarding table of an Ethernet-type multicast group associated with the detected packet of the first type.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第三报文检测规则包括以下一项或多项:In a possible design, the third packet detection rule includes one or more of the following:
IP报文过滤器,用于指示所述用户面网元检测所述第一类型的报文的指示信息,或者内嵌IP报文过滤器的以太报文过滤器。An IP packet filter, used to instruct the user plane network element to detect the indication information of the first type of packet, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
在一种可能的设计中,所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送接入控制信息,所述接入控制信息指示所述第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组。In a possible design, the session management network element sends access control information to the user plane network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast session that the first terminal device is allowed to join Group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述接入控制信息包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的组播地址;或者,所述接入控制信息包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的信息。In a possible design, the access control information includes the multicast address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group; or, the access control information includes the address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group information.
采用上述设计,可以实现用户面网元判断是否允许第一终端设备加入或退出以太类型的组播组。By adopting the above design, the user plane network element can judge whether to allow the first terminal device to join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,还包括:In one possible design, it also includes:
所述会话管理网元获取第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备支持组播管理协议。在所述会话管理网元向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则时,所述会话管理网元根据所述第五指示信息向所述用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则。The session management network element acquires fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports a multicast management protocol. When the session management network element sends the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, the session management network element sends the third processing rule to the user plane network element according to the fifth indication information The third processing rule corresponding to the above-mentioned first Ethernet PDU session.
在一种可能的设计中,所述会话管理网元获取第五指示信息可以采用但不限于以下方法:In a possible design, the session management network element may adopt but not limited to the following methods to obtain the fifth indication information:
所述会话管理网元从所述第一终端设备获取所述第五指示信息;或者,所述会话管理网元从统一数据管理网元或策略控制功能网元或数据网络认证、授权、计费服务器获取所述第五指示信息。The session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from the first terminal device; or, the session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and charging The server acquires the fifth indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一类型的报文包括IGMP报文,或者MLD报文。In a possible design, the first type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法,该方法包括:In a fourth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method comprising:
用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则,所述第一以太PDU会话为第一终端设备请求建立的以太PDU会话;所述第三处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,所述第三处理规则包括第三报文检测规则和第三报文处理规则,所述第三报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第三报文处理规则用于管理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的第四处理规则,所述第四处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报 文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文;所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一报文,所述第一报文指示所述第一终端设备请求加入第一组播组,所述第一报文为所述第一类型的报文,所述第一组播组为所述以太类型的组播组;所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第三报文检测规则匹配,将从所述第一报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;所述用户面网元根据所述第三报文处理规则和所述第一组播组的以太组播地址管理与所述第一报文关联的第四处理规则。The user plane network element receives a third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management network element, and the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by the first terminal device to be established; the third processing rule is used for The user plane network element processes the first type of packet received from the first terminal device, the third processing rule includes a third packet detection rule and a third packet processing rule, and the third packet A detection rule is used to detect the first type of message, and the third message processing rule is used to manage a fourth processing rule associated with the detected first type of message, and the fourth The processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the Ethernet multicast message of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type of message; A first message of the first terminal device, the first message indicates that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, the first message is the first type of message, and the The first multicast group is the multicast group of the Ethernet type; the user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the third packet detection rule, and uses all the information obtained from the first packet The IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; the user plane network element according to the third packet processing rule and the first multicast group The fourth processing rule associated with the first packet is managed by the Ethernet multicast address.
在一种可能的设计中,在所述用户面网元根据所述第三报文处理规则和所述第一组播组的以太组播地址管理与所述第一报文关联的第四处理规则时,所述用户面网元根据所述第三报文处理规则和所述第一组播组的以太组播地址创建所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则包括所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的报文检测规则和所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的报文处理规则,所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的报文检测规则用于检测所述第一组播组的以太组播报文,所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的报文处理规则用于控制与所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的转发。In a possible design, the user plane network element manages the fourth processing associated with the first packet according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group rule, the user plane network element creates a routing rule for the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, so The routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group includes the packet detection rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group and the packet detection rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group Text processing rules, the packet detection rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group are used to detect the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group, and the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group The message processing rule of the message is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast message with the first multicast group.
采用上述设计可以实现第一终端设备加入第一组播组。By adopting the above design, the first terminal device can join the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二报文,所述第二报文指示所述第一终端设备请求退出第一组播组,所述第二报文为所述第一类型的报文;所述用户面网元确定所述第二报文与所述第三报文检测规则匹配,将从所述第二报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;所述用户面网元根据所述第一组播组的以太组播地址索引所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,根据所述第三报文处理规则删除所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则。In a possible design, the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, and the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, so The second message is a message of the first type; the user plane network element determines that the second message matches the third message detection rule, and uses all the information obtained from the second message The IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; the user plane network element indexes the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group The routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group is to delete the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule.
采用上述设计可以实现第一终端设备退出第一组播组。By adopting the above design, the first terminal device can withdraw from the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,在所述用户面网元根据所述第三报文处理规则和所述第一组播组的以太组播地址管理与所述第一报文关联的第四处理规则时,所述用户面网元根据所述第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到所述第一组播组对应MAC地址转发表,根据所述第三报文处理规则在所述第一组播组对应MAC地址转发表中添加所述第一组播组的以太组播地址与所述第一以太会话的N4会话的标识的对应关系。In a possible design, the user plane network element manages the fourth processing associated with the first packet according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group When the rules are in place, the user plane network element indexes to the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, and according to the third packet processing rule in the first The corresponding relationship between the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group and the identifier of the N4 session of the first Ethernet session is added to the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the multicast group.
采用上述设计可以实现第一终端设备加入第一组播组。By adopting the above design, the first terminal device can join the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二报文,所述第二报文指示所述第一终端设备请求退出第一组播组,所述第二报文为所述第一类型的报文;所述用户面网元确定所述第二报文与所述第三报文检测规则匹配,将从所述第二报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;所述用户面网元根据所述第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到所述第一组播组对应MAC地址转发表;所述用户面网元根据所述第三报文处理规则在所述第一组播组对应MAC地址转发表中删除所述第一组播组的以太组播地址与所述第一以太会话的N4会话的标识的对应关系。In a possible design, the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, and the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, so The second message is a message of the first type; the user plane network element determines that the second message matches the third message detection rule, and uses all the information obtained from the second message The IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; the user plane network element indexes to the second multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group The MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the multicast group; the user plane network element deletes the Ethernet group of the first multicast group from the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule The corresponding relationship between the broadcast address and the identifier of the N4 session of the first Ethernet session.
采用上述设计可以实现第一终端设备退出第一组播组。By adopting the above design, the first terminal device can withdraw from the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述用户面网元接收来自所述会话管理网元的接入控制信息,所述接入控制信息指示所述第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组。在所述用户面网元管理与所述第一报文关联的第四处理规则之前,所述用户面网元确定所述至少一个以太类型的组播组包括所述第一组播组。In a possible design, the user plane network element receives access control information from the session management network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet group that the first terminal device is allowed to join broadcast group. Before the user plane network element manages the fourth processing rule associated with the first packet, the user plane network element determines that the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group includes the first multicast group.
采用上述设计,用户面网元可以判断是否允许第一终端设备加入或退出第一组播组。With the above design, the user plane network element can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join or withdraw from the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述接入控制信息包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的组播地址;或者,所述接入控制信息包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的信息。In a possible design, the access control information includes the multicast address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group; or, the access control information includes the address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第三报文检测规则包括以下一项或多项:In a possible design, the third packet detection rule includes one or more of the following:
IP报文过滤器,用于指示所述用户面网元检测所述第一类型的报文的指示信息,或者内嵌IP报文过滤器的以太报文过滤器。An IP packet filter, used to instruct the user plane network element to detect the indication information of the first type of packet, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一类型的报文包括IGMP报文,或者MLD报文。In a possible design, the first type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法,该方法包括:In a fifth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method comprising:
会话管理网元接收来自第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;所述会话管理网元获取接入控制信息,所述接入控制信息指示所述第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组;所述会话管理网根据所述接入控制信息确定所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则,所述第六处理规则包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,且所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则均处于去激活状态;所述会话管理网向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则;所述第五处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理第二类型的报文,所述第二类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求加入以太类型的组播组,所述第五处理规则包括第一类报文检测规则和第一类报文处理规则,其中,所述第一类报文检测规则用于检测用于所述第二类型的报文,所述第一类报文处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元将与检测到的所述第二类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。The session management network element receives the Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, and the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session; the session management network element acquires access control information, and the access The control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join; the session management network determines the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information, the The sixth processing rule includes the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the at least one Ethernet type multicast group, and the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the at least one Ethernet type multicast group are all in a deactivated state The session management network sends the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element; the fifth processing rule is used for the The user plane network element processes the second type of message, and the second type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join the Ethernet type multicast group, and the fifth processing rule includes the first type of message detection rule and A first type of message processing rule, wherein the first type of message detection rule is used to detect the second type of message, and the first type of message processing rule is used to indicate that the user plane network The element sets the routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected second type of packet from the deactivated state to the activated state.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元可以在接收到第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息后,获取接入控制信息,并根据接入控制信息生成第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,以及发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,以便用户面网元可以根据第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,通过激活至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则中的路由规则实现第一终端设备加入以太类型的组播组。With the above design, the session management network element can obtain the access control information after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, and generate the fifth processing rule and the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information. six processing rules, and the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, so that the user plane network element can activate at least The routing rule in the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of an Ethernet type multicast group enables the first terminal device to join the Ethernet type multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第五处理规则还用于所述用户面网元处理第三类型的报文的处理规则,所述第三类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求退出以太类型的组播组。所述第五处理规则还包括第二类报文检测规则和第二类报文处理规则,其中,所述第二类报文检测规则用于检测用于所述第三类型的报文,所述第二类报文处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元将与检测到的所述第三类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为去激活态。In a possible design, the fifth processing rule is also used as a processing rule for the user plane network element to process a third type of packet, and the third type of packet is used for the first terminal device Request to leave the ether type multicast group. The fifth processing rule also includes a second type of message detection rule and a second type of message processing rule, wherein the second type of message detection rule is used to detect the third type of message, so The second type of packet processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to set the routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected third type of packet from the active state to the deactivated state.
采用上述设计可以使用户面网元根据第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,通过去激活至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则中的路由规则实现第一终端设备退出以太类型的组播组。With the above design, the user plane network element can deactivate the route in the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of at least one Ethernet type multicast group according to the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session. The rule realizes that the first terminal device withdraws from the Ether type multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送接入控制信息,所述接入控制信息指示所述第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组。In a possible design, the session management network element sends access control information to the user plane network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast session that the first terminal device is allowed to join Group.
采用上述设计可以使用户面网元判断是否允许第一终端设备加入或退出第一组播组。By adopting the above design, the user plane network element can judge whether to allow the first terminal device to join or withdraw from the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述接入控制信息包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的组播地址;或者,所述接入控制信息包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的信息。In a possible design, the access control information includes the multicast address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group; or, the access control information includes the address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述会话管理网元获取第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于 指示所述第一终端设备支持组播管理协议;所述会话管理网元根据所述第五指示信息生成所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则。In a possible design, the session management network element acquires fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports a multicast management protocol; the session management network element according to the The fifth indication information generates a fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session.
在一种可能的设计中,所述会话管理网元获取第五指示信息可以采用但不限于以下方法:In a possible design, the session management network element may adopt but not limited to the following methods to obtain the fifth indication information:
所述会话管理网元从所述第一终端设备获取所述第五指示信息;或者,所述会话管理网元从统一数据管理网元或策略控制功能网元或数据网络认证、授权、计费服务器获取所述第五指示信息。The session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from the first terminal device; or, the session management network element obtains the fifth indication information from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and charging The server acquires the fifth indication information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二类型的报文包括IGMP报文,或者MLD报文,所述第三类型的报文包括IGMP报文,或者MLD报文。In a possible design, the second type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message, and the third type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法,该方法包括:In a sixth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, the method comprising:
用户面网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一以太PDU会话的第五处理规则和所述第一以太PDU会话的第六处理规则,所述第一以太PDU会话为第一终端设备请求建立的以太PDU会话;所述第五处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理第二类型的报文,所述第二类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求加入以太类型的组播组,所述第六处理规则包括至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,且所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则处于去激活状态,所述至少一个以太类型的组播组为所述第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组;所述第五处理规则包括第一类报文检测规则和第一类报文处理规则,其中,所述第一类报文检测规则用于检测用于所述第二类型的报文,所述第一类报文处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元将与检测到的所述第二类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态;所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一报文,所述第一报文指示所述第一终端设备请求加入第一组播组,所述第一报文为所述第二类型的报文,所述第一组播组为所述以太类型的组播组;所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第一类报文检测规则匹配,将从所述第一报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;在所述至少一个以太类型的组播组包括所述第一组播组时,所述用户面网元根据所述第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则;所述用户面网元根据所述第一类报文处理规则将所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。The user plane network element receives the fifth processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session and the sixth processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element, and the first Ethernet PDU session is requested to be established by the first terminal device The Ethernet PDU session; the fifth processing rule is used for the user plane network element to process the second type of message, and the second type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join the Ethernet type multicast group, The sixth processing rule includes routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of at least one Ethernet-type multicast group, and the routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group are in a deactivated state, The at least one Ethernet-type multicast group is at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join; the fifth processing rule includes a first-type message detection rule and a first-type message processing rule rules, wherein the first type of message detection rule is used to detect the second type of message, and the first type of message processing rule is used to indicate that the user plane network element will be connected with the detected The routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the second type of packet is set from the deactivated state to the activated state; the user plane network element receives the first message, the first message indicates that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, the first message is the second type of message, and the first multicast group is the A multicast group of the Ethernet type; the user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the detection rule of the first type of packet, and obtains the information of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet The IP multicast address is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; when the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group includes the first multicast group, the user plane network element according to the first multicast group The Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group is indexed to the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group; the user plane network element processes the first group according to the first type of packet processing rule The routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group is changed from the deactivated state to the activated state.
采用上述设计,在接收到第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则后,若用户面网元接收到第一报文,用户面网元可以根据第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,将第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态,实现第一终端设备加入第一组播组。With the above design, after receiving the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, if the user plane network element receives the first packet, the user plane network element can The fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule set the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group from the deactivated state to the activated state, so as to realize that the first terminal device joins the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第五处理规则还用于所述用户面网元处理第三类型的报文的处理规则,所述第三类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求退出以太类型的组播组;所述第五处理规则还包括第二类报文检测规则和第二类报文处理规则,其中,所述第二类报文检测规则用于检测用于所述第三类型的报文,所述第二类报文处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元将与检测到的所述第三类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为去激活态。In a possible design, the fifth processing rule is also used as a processing rule for the user plane network element to process a third type of packet, and the third type of packet is used for the first terminal device Request to exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type; the fifth processing rule also includes a second type of message detection rule and a second type of message processing rule, wherein the second type of message detection rule is used to detect The packet of the third type, the packet processing rule of the second type is used to indicate that the user plane network element will associate the detected packet of the third type with the multicasting of the Ethernet type multicast group The routing rule of the packet is set from the activated state to the deactivated state.
在一种可能的设计中,所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二报文,所述第二报文指示所述第一终端设备请求退出第一组播组,所述第二报文为所述第三类型的报 文;所述用户面网元确定所述第二报文与所述第二类报文检测规则匹配,将从所述第二报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;在所述至少一个以太类型的组播组包括所述第一组播组时,所述用户面网元根据所述第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则;所述用户面网元根据所述第二类报文处理规则将所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为去激活态。In a possible design, the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, and the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, so The second message is the third type of message; the user plane network element determines that the second message matches the detection rule of the second type of message, and uses the information obtained from the second message The IP multicast address of the first multicast group is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; when the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group includes the first multicast group, the The user plane network element indexes the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group; The processing rule sets the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group from an activated state to a deactivated state.
采用上述设计,用户面网元可以根据第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,将第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为去激活态,实现第一终端设备退出第一组播组。With the above design, the user plane network element can set the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group from the activated state to the deactivated state according to the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session , so that the first terminal device quits the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述用户面网元接收来自所述会话管理网元的接入控制信息,所述接入控制信息指示所述第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组;所述用户面网元根据所述接入控制信息确定所述至少一个以太类型的组播组包括所述第一组播组。In a possible design, the user plane network element receives access control information from the session management network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet group that the first terminal device is allowed to join a multicast group; the user plane network element determines, according to the access control information, that the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group includes the first multicast group.
采用上述设计,用户面网元可以判断是否允许第一终端设备加入第一组播组。With the above design, the user plane network element can determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join the first multicast group.
在一种可能的设计中,所述接入控制信息包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的组播地址;或者,所述接入控制信息包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的信息。In a possible design, the access control information includes the multicast address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group; or, the access control information includes the address of the at least one Ether-type multicast group information.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第二类型的报文包括IGMP报文,或者MLD报文,所述第三类型的报文包括IGMP报文,或者MLD报文。In a possible design, the second type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message, and the third type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
第七方面,本申请还提供一种装置。该装置可以执行上述方法设计。该装置可以是能够执行上述方法对应的功能的芯片或电路,或者是包括该芯片或电路的设备。In a seventh aspect, the present application further provides a device. The device can perform the method design described above. The apparatus may be a chip or a circuit capable of performing the function corresponding to the above method, or a device including the chip or circuit.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该装置包括:存储器,用于存储计算机可执行程序代码;以及处理器,处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令,当处理器执行所述指令时,使该装置或者安装有该装置的设备执行上述任意一种可能的设计中的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus includes: a memory, configured to store computer executable program codes; and a processor, and the processor is coupled to the memory. The program codes stored in the memory include instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the device or the device installed with the device executes the method in any one of the above possible designs.
其中,该装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口可以是收发器,或者,如果该装置为芯片或电路,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。Wherein, the device may further include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver, or, if the device is a chip or a circuit, the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as an input/output pin.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括相应的功能单元,分别用于实现以上方法中的步骤。功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a possible design, the device includes corresponding functional units for respectively implementing the steps in the above methods. The functions may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by executing corresponding software through hardware. Hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
第八方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在装置上运行时,执行上述任意一种可能的设计中的方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where a computer program is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is run on a device, the method in any one of the above possible designs is executed.
第九方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在装置上运行时,执行上述任意一种可能的设计中的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, where the computer program product includes a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a device, the method in any one of the above possible designs is executed.
第十方面,本申请提供一种通信系统,所述系统包括会话管理网元和用户面网元,所述会话管理网元用于实现第一方面、第三方面、第五方面中的任意一种可能的设计,所述用户面网元用于实现第二方面、第四方面、第六方面中的任意一种可能的设计。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a communication system, the system includes a session management network element and a user plane network element, and the session management network element is used to implement any one of the first aspect, the third aspect, and the fifth aspect One possible design, the user plane network element is used to implement any one possible design in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, and the sixth aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例中5G的通信系统架构的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a 5G communication system architecture in an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例中5G网络架构的核心网的示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a core network of a 5G network architecture in an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例中组播通信的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of multicast communication in an embodiment of the present application;
图4A为本申请实施例中用户级别的N4会话的示例图;FIG. 4A is an example diagram of a user-level N4 session in the embodiment of the present application;
图4B为本申请实施例中组级别的N4会话的示例图;FIG. 4B is an example diagram of a group-level N4 session in the embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例中5G LAN服务的用户面架构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a user plane architecture of a 5G LAN service in an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例中以太类型的组播通信示意图;Fig. 6 is the schematic diagram of multicast communication of Ethernet type in the embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例中一种组播通信方法的概述流程图之一;FIG. 7 is one of the overview flowcharts of a multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例中一种组播通信方法的概述流程图之二;FIG. 8 is the second overview flowchart of a multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例中一种组播通信方法的概述流程图之三;FIG. 9 is the third overview flowchart of a multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例中组播通信方法的流程示意图之一;FIG. 10 is one of the schematic flow diagrams of the multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例中组播通信方法的流程示意图之二;FIG. 11 is the second schematic flow diagram of the multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例中组播通信方法的流程示意图之三;FIG. 12 is the third schematic flow diagram of the multicast communication method in the embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例中一种装置的可能的示例性框图之一;Fig. 13 is one of possible exemplary block diagrams of a device in the embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例中一种装置的可能的示例性框图之二。FIG. 14 is the second possible exemplary block diagram of a device in the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述。显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、第二”以及相应术语标号等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,这仅仅是描述本申请的实施例中对相同属性的对象在描述时所采用的区分方式。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,以便包含一系列单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于那些单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它单元。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Apparently, the described embodiments are only some of the embodiments of this application, not all of them. The terms "first" and "second" in the specification and claims of the present application and the above-mentioned accompanying drawings and the corresponding term labels are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific order or sequence. It should be understood The terms used in this way can be interchanged under appropriate circumstances, and this is only to describe the distinction adopted when describing the objects of the same attribute in the embodiments of the application.In addition, the terms "comprising" and "having" and any of them Variations are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions such that a process, method, system, product, or apparatus comprising a series of elements is not necessarily limited to those elements, but may include a process, method, product, or apparatus not expressly listed or for such processes, methods, products, or apparatus Inherent to other units.
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请的描述中,“至少一项”是指一项或者多项,“多项”是指两项或两项以上。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or means, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this application is only a description of the relationship between associated objects , which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the present application, "at least one item" means one or more items, and "multiple items" means two or more items. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one item (piece) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple .
当前,终端设备可接入的移动网络包括2G,3G,4G,5G网络,他们为终端设备的通话业务,视频业务,网页业务等提供业务数据传输的通道。但是,随着车联网,虚拟现实,移动办公,物联网等新型业务的爆发式发展,对移动网络的要求也越来越高,例如,需要移动网络提供光纤般的接入速率,“零”时延的使用体验,千亿设备的连接能力,超高流量密度、超高连接数密度和超高移动性等。其中,业务及用户感知的智能优化,和大规模的能效提升和成本降低,这些都是传统网络的软肋,不能够为未来业务的高速发展保驾护航。Currently, mobile networks that terminal devices can access include 2G, 3G, 4G, and 5G networks, which provide service data transmission channels for the call service, video service, and web page service of the terminal device. However, with the explosive development of new services such as the Internet of Vehicles, virtual reality, mobile office, and the Internet of Things, the requirements for mobile networks are getting higher and higher. For example, mobile networks need to provide optical fiber-like access rates. The use experience of time delay, the connection capability of hundreds of billions of devices, ultra-high traffic density, ultra-high connection density and ultra-high mobility, etc. Among them, the intelligent optimization of services and user perception, as well as large-scale energy efficiency improvements and cost reductions are the weaknesses of traditional networks, which cannot guarantee the rapid development of future services.
第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准制定的5G的通信系统架构主要包括以下四个部分,如图1所示:The 5G communication system architecture formulated by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) standard mainly includes the following four parts, as shown in Figure 1:
5G移动通信系统架构由终端设备(例如,用户设备(user equipment,UE)),接入网(access network,AN),核心网(Core)和数据网络(data network,DN)构成,其中,终端设备,AN,Core是构成架构的主要组成部分,在逻辑上,它们可以分为用户面和控 制面两部分,控制面负责移动网络的管理,用户面负责业务数据的传输。在图1中,NG2参考点位于AN控制面和Core控制面之间,NG3参考点位于AN用户面和Core用户面之间,NG6参考点位于Core用户面和数据网络之间。The 5G mobile communication system architecture consists of terminal equipment (for example, user equipment (UE)), access network (access network, AN), core network (Core) and data network (data network, DN). Equipment, AN, and Core are the main components of the architecture. Logically, they can be divided into two parts: the user plane and the control plane. The control plane is responsible for the management of the mobile network, and the user plane is responsible for the transmission of business data. In Figure 1, the NG2 reference point is located between the AN control plane and the Core control plane, the NG3 reference point is located between the AN user plane and the Core user plane, and the NG6 reference point is located between the Core user plane and the data network.
其中,终端设备是移动用户与网络交互的入口,能够提供基本的计算能力,存储能力,向用户显示业务窗口,接收用户操作输入。下一代终端设备(NextGen UE)可以采用新空口技术,与AN建立信号连接,数据连接,从而传输控制信号和业务数据到移动网络。终端设备可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的终端,移动台(mobile station,MS),终端(terminal),用户设备(user equipment,UE),软终端等等,例如水表、电表、传感器等。Among them, the terminal device is the entrance for the mobile user to interact with the network, and can provide basic computing power and storage capacity, display service windows to the user, and receive user operation input. The next-generation terminal equipment (NextGen UE) can adopt new air interface technology to establish signal connection and data connection with AN, so as to transmit control signals and business data to the mobile network. Terminal devices may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals, mobile stations (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal), user equipment (UE), soft terminals, etc., such as water meters, electricity meters, sensors, etc.
AN:类似于传统网络里面的基站,部署在靠近终端设备的位置,为特定区域的授权用户提供入网功能,并能够根据用户的级别,业务的需求等确定不同质量的传输隧道来传输用户数据。AN能够管理自身的资源,合理利用,按需为终端设备提供接入服务,并负责把控制信号和用户数据在终端设备和核心网之间转发。AN: Similar to the base station in the traditional network, it is deployed close to the terminal equipment, provides network access functions for authorized users in a specific area, and can determine different quality transmission tunnels to transmit user data according to user levels and business requirements. AN can manage its own resources, make reasonable use of them, provide access services for terminal equipment on demand, and be responsible for forwarding control signals and user data between terminal equipment and the core network.
Core:负责维护移动网络的签约数据,管理移动网络的网元,为终端设备提供会话管理,移动性管理,策略管理,安全认证等功能。在终端设备附着的时候,为终端设备提供入网认证;在终端设备有业务请求时,为终端设备分配网络资源;在终端设备移动的时候,为终端设备更新网络资源;在终端设备空闲的时候,为终端设备提供快恢复机制;在终端设备去附着的时候,为终端设备释放网络资源;在终端设备有业务数据时,为终端设备提供数据路由功能,如转发上行数据到数据网络;或者从数据网络接收终端设备的下行数据,转发到AN,从而由AN发送给UE。Core: Responsible for maintaining the subscription data of the mobile network, managing network elements of the mobile network, and providing functions such as session management, mobility management, policy management, and security authentication for terminal devices. When the terminal device is attached, it provides network access authentication for the terminal device; when the terminal device has a service request, it allocates network resources for the terminal device; when the terminal device moves, it updates the network resources for the terminal device; when the terminal device is idle, Provide a fast recovery mechanism for the terminal device; release network resources for the terminal device when the terminal device is detached; provide data routing functions for the terminal device when the terminal device has business data, such as forwarding uplink data to the data network; or from the data The network receives the downlink data of the terminal equipment, forwards it to the AN, and then the AN sends it to the UE.
DN:为用户提供业务服务的数据网络,一般客户端位于终端设备,服务端位于数据网络。数据网络可以是私有网络,如局域网,也可以是不受运营商管控的外部网络,例如互联网(Internet),还可以是运营商共同部署的专有网络,例如提供IP多媒体网络子系统(IP multimedia core network subsystem,IMS)服务的网络。DN: A data network that provides business services for users. Generally, the client is located in the terminal device, and the server is located in the data network. The data network can be a private network, such as a local area network, or an external network not controlled by the operator, such as the Internet (Internet), or a proprietary network jointly deployed by the operator, such as providing an IP multimedia network subsystem (IP multimedia network subsystem). core network subsystem, IMS) service network.
图2是在图1的基础上对5G网络架构的核心网的进一步细化:Figure 2 is a further refinement of the core network of the 5G network architecture based on Figure 1:
其中,核心网用户面包括UPF;核心网控制面包括认证服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF),接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF),会话管理功能(session management function,SMF),网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF),网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF),网络功能仓储功能(NF repository function,NRF),统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM),策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF),应用功能(application function,AF)。Among them, the core network user plane includes UPF; the core network control plane includes authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF), access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF), network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF), network function storage function (NF repository function, NRF), unified data management (unified data management, UDM), Policy control function (policy control function, PCF), application function (application function, AF).
核心网控制面采用服务化架构,控制面网元之间的交互采用服务调用的方式,来替换传统架构中的点对点通信方式。在服务化架构中,控制面网元会向其他控制面网元开放服务,供其他控制面网元调用;在点对点通信中,控制面网元之间通信接口会存储一套特定的消息,只能由接口两端的控制面网元在通信时使用。The control plane of the core network adopts a service-oriented architecture, and the interaction between network elements on the control plane adopts the method of service invocation to replace the point-to-point communication method in the traditional architecture. In the service architecture, the control plane NEs will open services to other control plane NEs for other control plane NEs to call; in point-to-point communication, the communication interface between control plane NEs will store a set of specific messages, only It can be used by control plane network elements at both ends of the interface during communication.
以下对核心网中的功能实体的功能进行简单介绍:The functions of the functional entities in the core network are briefly introduced as follows:
1、会话管理网元:主要用于会话管理、终端设备的IP地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户设备平面功能、策略控制、或收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。在5G通信中,会话管理网元可以是SMF网元,在未来通信如6G通信中,会话管理功能网元仍可 以是SMF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。Nsmf是SMF提供的基于服务的接口,SMF可以通过Nsmf与其他的网络功能通信。1. Session management network element: mainly used for session management, IP address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints that can manage user equipment plane functions, policy control, or charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification. In 5G communication, the session management network element can be an SMF network element. In future communications such as 6G communication, the session management function network element can still be an SMF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application. Nsmf is a service-based interface provided by SMF. SMF can communicate with other network functions through Nsmf.
2、接入管理网元:主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等,例如可以是4G通信网络中的移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)功能或者5G网络中的AMF网元。在未来通信如6G通信中,接入管理网元仍可以是AMF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。Namf是AMF提供的基于服务的接口,AMF可以通过Namf与其他的网络功能通信。2. Access management network element: mainly used for mobility management and access management, etc., for example, it can be a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function in a 4G communication network or an AMF network element in a 5G network. In future communications such as 6G communications, the access management network element may still be an AMF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application. Namf is a service-based interface provided by AMF. AMF can communicate with other network functions through Namf.
3、认证服务网元:主要用于用户鉴权等。在5G通信中,认证服务网元可以是AUSF网元,在未来通信如6G通信中,认证服务网元仍可以是AUSF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。Nausf是AUSF提供的基于服务的接口,AUSF可以通过Nausf与其他的网络功能通信。3. Authentication service network element: mainly used for user authentication, etc. In 5G communications, the authentication service network element may be an AUSF network element. In future communications such as 6G communications, the authentication service network element may still be an AUSF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application. Nausf is a service-based interface provided by AUSF. AUSF can communicate with other network functions through Nausf.
4、网络开放网元:用于安全地向外部开放由3GPP网络功能提供的业务和能力等。在5G通信中,网络开放网元可以是NEF网元,在未来通信如6G通信中,网络开放功能网元仍可以是NEF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。其中Nnef是NEF提供的基于服务的接口,NEF可以通过Nnef与其他的网络功能通信。4. Network open network element: used to safely open services and capabilities provided by 3GPP network functions to the outside. In 5G communication, network open network elements may be NEF network elements. In future communications such as 6G communication, network open function network elements may still be NEF network elements, or have other names, which are not limited in this application. Among them, Nnef is a service-based interface provided by NEF, and NEF can communicate with other network functions through Nnef.
5、网络存储网元:用于提供服务注册、发现和授权,并维护可用的网络功能(network function,NF)实例信息,可以实现网络功能和服务的按需配置以及NF之间的互连。在5G通信中,网络存储网元可以是NRF网元,在未来通信如6G通信中,网络存储功能网元仍可以是NRF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。Nnrf是NRF提供的基于服务的接口,NRF可以通过Nnrf与其他的网络功能通信。5. Network storage network element: used to provide service registration, discovery and authorization, and maintain available network function (network function, NF) instance information, which can realize on-demand configuration of network functions and services and interconnection between NFs. In 5G communications, the network storage network element can be an NRF network element. In future communications such as 6G communications, the network storage function network element can still be an NRF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application. Nnrf is a service-based interface provided by NRF. NRF can communicate with other network functions through Nnrf.
6、策略控制网元:用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制平面功能网元(例如AMF,SMF等)提供策略规则信息等。在5G通信中,策略控制网元可以是PCF网元,在未来通信如6G通信中,策略控制功能网元仍可以是PCF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。其中Npcf是PCF提供的基于服务的接口,PCF可以通过Npcf与其他的网络功能通信。6. Policy control network element: a unified policy framework for guiding network behavior, providing policy rule information, etc. for control plane functional network elements (such as AMF, SMF, etc.). In 5G communication, the policy control network element can be a PCF network element. In future communications such as 6G communication, the policy control function network element can still be a PCF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application. Among them, Npcf is a service-based interface provided by PCF, and PCF can communicate with other network functions through Npcf.
7、数据管理网元:用于处理用户标识、签约、接入鉴权、注册、或移动性管理等。在5G通信中,数据管理网元可以是UDM网元,在未来通信如6G通信中,数据管理网元仍可以是UDM网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。其中Nudm是UDM提供的基于服务的接口,UDM可以通过Nudm与其他的网络功能通信。7. Data management network element: used to process user identification, subscription, access authentication, registration, or mobility management. In 5G communication, the data management network element may be a UDM network element. In future communications such as 6G communication, the data management network element may still be a UDM network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application. Among them, Nudm is a service-based interface provided by UDM, and UDM can communicate with other network functions through Nudm.
8、应用网元:用于进行应用影响的数据路由,接入网络开放功能,或与策略框架交互进行策略控制等。在5G通信中,应用网元可以是AF网元,在未来通信如6G通信中,应用网元仍可以是AF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。Naf是AF提供的基于服务的接口,AF可以通过Naf与其他的网络功能通信。8. Application network element: It is used to route the data affected by the application, access the open function of the network, or interact with the policy framework for policy control, etc. In 5G communication, the application network element may be an AF network element. In future communications such as 6G communication, the application network element may still be an AF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application. Naf is a service-based interface provided by AF. AF can communicate with other network functions through Naf.
9、用户面网元:用于分组路由和转发、或用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理等。在5G通信中,用户面网元可以是用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元,在未来通信如6G通信中,用户面网元仍可以是UPF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。9. User plane network element: used for packet routing and forwarding, or quality of service (QoS) processing of user plane data, etc. In 5G communication, the user plane network element may be a user plane function (UPF) network element. In future communications such as 6G communication, the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element, or have other names. This application There is no limit to this.
10、网络切片选择功能网元:用于为终端设备选择网络切片,在5G通信中,网络切片选择功能网元可以是NSSF网元,在未来通信如6G通信中,网络切片选择功能网元仍可以是NSSF网元,或者有其它名称,本申请对此不作限定。10. Network element with network slice selection function: used to select network slices for terminal equipment. In 5G communication, the network element with network slice selection function can be an NSSF network element. In future communications such as 6G communication, the network element with network slice selection function is still It may be an NSSF network element, or have other names, which are not limited in this application.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统。例如:可以适用于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或5G系统,也可以适用于其它面向未来的新系统等,例如可编程用户面系统,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。此外,术语“系统”可以和“网络”相互替换。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems. For example, it can be applied to a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system or a 5G system, and can also be applied to other future-oriented new systems, such as a programmable user plane system, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. Also, the term "system" and "network" may be used interchangeably.
以下对本申请实施例涉及的现有技术中的概念进行说明:The following describes the concepts in the prior art involved in the embodiments of the present application:
1、组播通信1. Multicast communication
组播通信,指的是一对多的通信方式,一个终端设备可以向其所属组播组内的终端设备发送报文。组播通信也可以描述为多播通信等,相应的,组播组也可以描述为多播组等。其中,以组播组地址为目的地址,发送报文的信源称为组播源,接收组播数据的组播用户称为组播成员。即组播是有方向的,方向是从组播源到组播成员。Multicast communication refers to a one-to-many communication mode, in which a terminal device can send messages to terminal devices in the multicast group to which it belongs. Multicast communication may also be described as multicast communication, and correspondingly, a multicast group may also be described as multicast group. Among them, the multicast group address is used as the destination address, the source of the message is called the multicast source, and the multicast user receiving the multicast data is called the multicast member. That is, multicast is directional, and the direction is from the multicast source to the multicast members.
例如,5GLAN组中的成员包括终端设备1、终端设备2、终端设备3、终端设备4、终端设备5和终端设备6。以终端设备1作为组播源,终端设备3、终端设备5和终端设备6作为组播成员组成一个组播组为例,则对应的通信示意图可参见图3所示,即终端设备1发送的组播报文可以分别传输到组播组中的终端设备3、终端设备5和终端设备6。在图3中,终端设备2和终端设备4不为该组播组的组播成员,因此不会接收到该组播报文。For example, members in the 5GLAN group include terminal device 1, terminal device 2, terminal device 3, terminal device 4, terminal device 5, and terminal device 6. Taking terminal device 1 as the multicast source, and terminal device 3, terminal device 5, and terminal device 6 as multicast members to form a multicast group as an example, the corresponding communication schematic diagram can be seen in Figure 3, that is, the message sent by terminal device 1 The multicast message can be transmitted to the terminal device 3, the terminal device 5 and the terminal device 6 in the multicast group respectively. In FIG. 3 , terminal device 2 and terminal device 4 are not multicast members of the multicast group, so they will not receive the multicast message.
2、N4会话2. N4 session
本申请实施例中的N4会话包括用户级别的N4会话和组(group)级别的N4会话。示例性地,在5G网络中,N4会话可以由会话管理网元在用户面网元上创建。The N4 session in this embodiment of the present application includes a user-level N4 session and a group-level N4 session. Exemplarily, in a 5G network, an N4 session can be created by a session management network element on a user plane network element.
例如,在终端设备建立以太协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话时,会话管理网元在用户面网元上创建的该以太PDU会话对应的N4会话。用户面网元通过该用户级别的N4会话接收该终端设备发送的报文(例如组播报文)以及用户面网元通过该用户级别的N4会话向该终端设备发送报文(例如组播报文)。当会话管理网元接收到该终端设备的以太PDU会话释放请求时,则触发用户面网元删除该以太PDU会话对应的N4会话。For example, when a terminal device establishes an Ethernet protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session, the session management network element creates an N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session on the user plane network element. The user plane network element receives the packet (such as a multicast packet) sent by the terminal device through the user-level N4 session, and the user plane network element sends a packet (such as a multicast packet) to the terminal device through the user-level N4 session. arts). When the session management network element receives the Ethernet PDU session release request of the terminal device, it triggers the user plane network element to delete the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session.
其中,一个用户面网元可以创建一个或多个以太PDU会话对应的N4会话,换言之,多个终端设备与同一个用户面网元连接,则该用户面网元需要创建每个终端设备的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话。Among them, one user plane network element can create one or more N4 sessions corresponding to the Ethernet PDU sessions. In other words, if multiple terminal devices are connected to the same user plane network element, the user plane network element needs to create an Ethernet The N4 session corresponding to the PDU session.
示例性地,参见图4A,为用户级别的N4会话的示例图。在图4A中,SMF网元可以在创建终端设备1的以太PDU会话时,指示UPF网元1创建与终端设备1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话(如图4A中的N4会话1),以及,SMF网元可以在创建终端设备6的以太PDU会话时,指示UPF网元1创建与终端设备6的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话6(如图4A中的N4会话6)。其中,与终端设备1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话还可以简称为终端设备1的N4会话,与终端设备6的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话还可以简称为终端设备6的N4会话。For example, refer to FIG. 4A , which is an example diagram of a user-level N4 session. In FIG. 4A, the SMF network element can instruct the UPF network element 1 to create an N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1 (such as N4 session 1 in FIG. 4A ) when creating the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1, and , the SMF network element may instruct the UPF network element 1 to create an N4 session 6 corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 6 (such as N4 session 6 in FIG. 4A ) when creating the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 6 . Wherein, the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1 may also be referred to as the N4 session of the terminal device 1 for short, and the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 6 may also be referred to as the N4 session of the terminal device 6 for short.
为了支持在5G LAN服务中不同用户面网元之间的通信、以及用户面网元和DN之间的通信,会话管理网元还需要在提供5G LAN服务的每个用户面网元上为对应的5G LAN组创建组级别的N4会话。In order to support the communication between different user plane network elements and the communication between user plane network elements and DN in the 5G LAN service, the session management network element also needs to be corresponding to each user plane network element providing the 5G LAN service. The 5G LAN group creates group-level N4 sessions.
作为一种示例,会话管理网元可以在创建第一个锚定到该5G LAN组的用户面网元的以太PDU会话时,指示用户面网元创建与该5G LAN组对应的组级别的N4会话;以及,会话管理网元可以在释放最后一个锚定在该5G LAN组的用户面网元的以太PDU会话时, 指示用户面网元删除与该5G LAN组对应的组级别的N4会话。其中,本申请实施例中,一个用户面网元可以包括一个或多个组级别的N4会话,例如,一个用户面网元为多个5G LAN组服务,则该用户面网元需要创建多个组级别的N4会话,每个组级别的N4会话对应到一个5G LAN组。而对于一个5G LAN组,可以针对为该5G LAN组提供服务的一个或多个用户面网元分别创建一个该5G LAN组对应的组级别的N4会话。As an example, the session management network element may instruct the user plane network element to create a group-level N4 corresponding to the 5G LAN group when creating the first Ethernet PDU session anchored to the user plane network element of the 5G LAN group session; and, the session management network element may instruct the user plane network element to delete the group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group when releasing the last Ethernet PDU session of the user plane network element anchored in the 5G LAN group. Among them, in the embodiment of this application, a user plane network element may include one or more group-level N4 sessions. For example, if a user plane network element serves multiple 5G LAN groups, the user plane network element needs to create multiple Group-level N4 sessions, each group-level N4 session corresponds to a 5G LAN group. For a 5G LAN group, a group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group can be created for one or more user plane network elements that provide services for the 5G LAN group.
示例性地,参见图4B,为组级别的N4会话的示例图。在图4B中,假设SMF网元在创建终端设备1的以太PDU会话时,已经指示UPF网元1创建与终端设备1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话(如图4B中的N4会话1),则SMF网元在创建终端设备2的以太PDU会话时,可以指示UPF网元2创建与终端设备2的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话(如图4B中的N4会话2)。此外,5G LAN组包括终端设备1和终端设备2,由于5G LAN组内的终端设备1已经接入UPF网元1,现在终端设备2接入UPF网元2,存在多个UPF网元为5G LAN组提供服务,需要不同用户面网元之间的通信,因此SMF网元需要指示UPF网元2创建与该5G LAN组对应的组级别的N4会话(如图4B中的N4会话3);以及,SMF网元指示UPF网元1创建与该5G LAN组对应的组级别的N4会话(如图4B中的N4会话4)。或者,可选的,若该5G LAN组需要和DN通信,则SMF网元也可以指示UPF网元1创建与该5G LAN组对应的组级别的N4会话(如图4B中的N4会话4),在此不作具体限定。For example, refer to FIG. 4B , which is an example diagram of group-level N4 sessions. In FIG. 4B, it is assumed that the SMF network element has instructed the UPF network element 1 to create an N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1 (such as N4 session 1 in FIG. 4B ) when creating the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 1, Then, when the SMF network element creates the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 2, it can instruct the UPF network element 2 to create an N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device 2 (such as N4 session 2 in FIG. 4B ). In addition, the 5G LAN group includes terminal device 1 and terminal device 2. Since terminal device 1 in the 5G LAN group has already connected to UPF network element 1, and now terminal device 2 is connected to UPF network element 2, there are multiple UPF network elements that are 5G The LAN group provides services and requires communication between different user plane network elements, so the SMF network element needs to instruct the UPF network element 2 to create a group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group (N4 session 3 in Figure 4B); And, the SMF network element instructs the UPF network element 1 to create a group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group (such as N4 session 4 in Figure 4B). Or, optionally, if the 5G LAN group needs to communicate with the DN, the SMF network element can also instruct the UPF network element 1 to create a group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group (N4 session 4 in Figure 4B) , not specifically limited here.
3、用户面网元的内部接口3. The internal interface of the user plane network element
本申请实施例中,用户面网元的内部接口,是用户面网元中的虚拟端口或特定端口,用于用户面网元本地转发接收的数据包。其中,用户面网元本地转发接收的数据包,可以理解为用户面网元在内部接口重新接收该数据包,以使该数据包再次由用户面网元检测,从而匹配到相应的路由规则,转发到正确的路径。In the embodiment of the present application, the internal interface of the user plane network element is a virtual port or a specific port in the user plane network element, and is used for locally forwarding received data packets by the user plane network element. Among them, the local forwarding of the received data packet by the user plane network element can be understood as the user plane network element re-receives the data packet on the internal interface, so that the data packet is detected by the user plane network element again, so as to match the corresponding routing rule, Forward to the correct path.
请参见图5,为5G LAN服务的用户面架构示意图。其中,终端设备建立到提供5G LAN服务的UPF网元的会话,从而接入到5G LAN的用户面。提供5G LAN服务的UPF网元可以通过N6接口与数据网络中现存的局域网(local area network,LAN)互通,例如与LAN中的个人计算机(personal computer,PC)通信;或者,提供5G LAN服务的UPF网元也可以通过UPF网元内部接口(internal interface)或UPF网元之间的N19隧道连接不同终端设备的会话,实现私有通信,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Please refer to Figure 5, a schematic diagram of the user plane architecture serving 5G LAN. Among them, the terminal device establishes a session to the UPF network element that provides 5G LAN services, thereby accessing the user plane of 5G LAN. The UPF network element providing 5G LAN service can communicate with the existing local area network (local area network, LAN) in the data network through the N6 interface, such as communicating with a personal computer (personal computer, PC) in the LAN; or, providing 5G LAN service The UPF network element can also connect the sessions of different terminal devices through the internal interface of the UPF network element (internal interface) or the N19 tunnel between the UPF network elements to realize private communication, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,对于以太类型的组播通信,一个终端设备可以发送组播报文给一个或者多个其他终端设备,用户面网元在接收到组播报文后,根据其组播地址,可以将其分发到指定的一个或者多个终端设备。当前,终端设备如何进入或退出以太类型的组播组是一个需要解决的问题。Exemplarily, for Ethernet-type multicast communication, a terminal device can send a multicast message to one or more other terminal devices, and after receiving the multicast message, the network element of the user plane can, according to its multicast address, Distribute it to one or more specified terminal devices. Currently, how a terminal device enters or exits an Ethernet multicast group is a problem that needs to be solved.
例如,如图6所示,UE1、UE2和UE4构成一个组播组1,组播组1为以太类型的组播组,UE1发送黑色的组播报文(如黑色箭头所示),UPF1接收到该组播报文后,根据该组播报文包括的以太组播地址转发到UE2,并且转发至N19隧道,以使对端UPF2转发该组播报文到UE4。而UPF1从N19接口或者N6接口接收到黑色的组播报文,根据以太组播地址转发到UE1和UE2(未画出),而不再次发送给N19隧道。其中,处理内部接口接收到的并向以太PDU会话发送的以太组播报文的包检测规则(packet detection rules,PDR)可以包括内部接口参数,组实例信息,以太组播地址,报文复制信息,与该PDR关联的转发行为规则(forwarding action rules,FAR)可以包括以太PDU会话隧道信息;处理从N19 或N6接收到的并向内部接口发送以太组播报文的PDR可以包括N19隧道/N6接口信息,组实例信息,以太组播地址,与该PDR关联的FAR可以包括内部接口参数,N19/N6指示信息;处理从内部接口接收到的并向N19发送的以太组播报文PDR可以包括内部接口参数,组实例信息,以太组播地址,报文复制信息,与该PDR关联的FAR可以包括N19隧道信息。For example, as shown in Figure 6, UE1, UE2 and UE4 form a multicast group 1, multicast group 1 is an Ethernet multicast group, UE1 sends a black multicast packet (as shown by the black arrow), UPF1 receives After receiving the multicast message, forward it to UE2 according to the Ethernet multicast address included in the multicast message, and forward it to the N19 tunnel, so that the peer UPF2 forwards the multicast message to UE4. UPF1 receives black multicast packets from N19 interface or N6 interface, forwards them to UE1 and UE2 (not shown) according to the Ethernet multicast address, and does not send them to N19 tunnel again. Among them, the packet detection rules (packet detection rules, PDR) for processing the Ethernet multicast message received by the internal interface and sent to the Ethernet PDU session may include internal interface parameters, group instance information, Ethernet multicast address, message replication information , the forwarding action rules (forwarding action rules, FAR) associated with the PDR can include the Ethernet PDU session tunnel information; the PDR that processes the Ethernet multicast message received from N19 or N6 and sends the internal interface can include the N19 tunnel/N6 Interface information, group instance information, Ethernet multicast address, the FAR associated with the PDR can include internal interface parameters, N19/N6 indication information; processing Ethernet multicast packets received from the internal interface and sent to N19 PDR can include Internal interface parameters, group instance information, Ethernet multicast address, packet replication information, and the FAR associated with the PDR may include N19 tunnel information.
又例如,如图6所示,UE1、UE3和DN中的设备构成另一个组播组2,组播组2为以太类型的组播组,UE1发送白色的组播报文(如白色箭头所示),UPF1接收到该组播报文后,根据该组播报文的组播地址转发到UE3,并且通过N6接口转发至数据网络。For another example, as shown in FIG. 6, UE1, UE3, and devices in DN form another multicast group 2, and multicast group 2 is an Ethernet multicast group, and UE1 sends a white multicast message (as indicated by the white arrow). After receiving the multicast message, UPF1 forwards it to UE3 according to the multicast address of the multicast message, and forwards it to the data network through the N6 interface.
当前,如何实现UE3接收黑色的以太组播报文(即UE3加入组播组1),或者UE4不再接收黑色的以太组播报文(即UE4退出组播组1)是一个期待解决的问题。Currently, how to realize UE3 receiving black Ethernet multicast packets (that is, UE3 joins multicast group 1), or UE4 no longer receives black Ethernet multicast packets (that is, UE4 exits multicast group 1) is a problem to be solved .
以下对本申请实施例中涉及的一些技术概念进行简要说明。Some technical concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application are briefly described below.
1、第一类型的报文:1. The first type of message:
第一类型的报文用于终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组。The first type of message is used for a terminal device to request to join or exit an Ethernet type multicast group.
其中,第一类型的报文为以太类型的报文,或以太报文,或以太数据包,本申请实施例中上述三种描述的含义相同,可以相互替换。第一类型的报文包括报文头和载荷部分,第一类型的报文的报文头部分包括源媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)地址、目的MAC地址、以太类型、虚拟本地局域网(virtual local area network,VLAN)标签等;第一类型的报文的载荷部分包括组播管理协议报文,组播管理协议报文为IP报文,组播管理协议报文可以为网路群组管理协议(internet group management prtocol,IGMP)报文或组播侦听发现协议(multicast listener discovery,MLD)报文。组播管理协议报文可以包括终端设备请求加入或退出的组播组的IP组播地址。Wherein, the first type of message is an Ethernet type message, or an Ethernet message, or an Ethernet data packet, and the above three descriptions in the embodiment of the present application have the same meaning and can be replaced with each other. The first type of message includes a message header and a payload part, and the message header part of the first type of message includes a source media access control (media access control, MAC) address, a destination MAC address, an Ethernet type, and a virtual local area network (virtual local area network, VLAN) tags, etc.; the load part of the first type of message includes a multicast management protocol message, the multicast management protocol message is an IP message, and the multicast management protocol message can be a network group Group management protocol (internet group management prtocol, IGMP) message or multicast listener discovery protocol (multicast listener discovery, MLD) message. The multicast management protocol message may include the IP multicast address of the multicast group that the terminal device requests to join or quit.
示例性地,上述IP组播地址可以是互联网数字分配机构(the Internet assigned numbers authority,IANA)分配的组播IP版本4(IP version 4,IPv4)地址或组播IP版本6(IP version 6,IPv6)地址。当该组播管理协议报文为IGMP报文时,IGMP报文包括终端设备请求加入或退出的组播组的组播IPv4地址。当该组播管理协议报文为MLD报文时,MLD报文包括终端设备请求加入或退出的组播组的组播IPv6地址。Exemplarily, the above-mentioned IP multicast address may be a multicast IP version 4 (IP version 4, IPv4) address or a multicast IP version 6 (IP version 6, IPv6) address. When the multicast management protocol message is an IGMP message, the IGMP message includes the multicast IPv4 address of the multicast group that the terminal device requests to join or exit. When the multicast management protocol message is an MLD message, the MLD message includes the multicast IPv6 address of the multicast group that the terminal device requests to join or exit.
在一示例中,第一报文为第一类型的报文,第一报文指示终端设备请求加入第一组播组,第一组播组为以太类型的组播组。In an example, the first message is a message of the first type, and the first message indicates that the terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, and the first multicast group is an Ethernet type multicast group.
在另一示例中,第一报文为第一类型的报文,第一报文指示终端设备请求退出第一组播组,第一组播组为以太类型的组播组。In another example, the first message is a message of the first type, and the first message indicates that the terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the first multicast group is an Ethernet type multicast group.
2、第五指示信息:2. The fifth instruction message:
第五指示信息指示终端设备支持组播管理协议,即终端设备可以发送第一类型的报文,用以请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组。The fifth indication information indicates that the terminal device supports the multicast management protocol, that is, the terminal device can send the first type of message to request to join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
在一种实现方式中,第五指示信息可以为IGMP指示信息,此时第五指示信息又可以描述为指示终端设备支持发送IGMP报文,或指示在终端设备的以太PDU会话中处理IGMP报文或包括IGMP报文的以太报文。此时,IGMP指示信息还可以替换为用于检测IGMP报文的报文过滤器(packet filter set,PFS)。In an implementation manner, the fifth indication information may be IGMP indication information, and at this time, the fifth indication information may be described as indicating that the terminal device supports sending IGMP messages, or indicating that the terminal device processes IGMP messages in the Ethernet PDU session Or Ethernet packets including IGMP packets. At this time, the IGMP indication information may also be replaced with a packet filter set (PFS) for detecting IGMP messages.
在另一种实现方式中,第五指示信息可以为MLD指示信息,此时第五指示信息又可以描述为指示终端设备支持发送MLD报文,或指示在终端设备的以太PDU会话中检测MLD报文或包括MLD报文的以太报文。此时,MLD指示信息还可以替换为用于检测MLD 报文的报文过滤器(packet filter set,PFS)。In another implementation, the fifth indication information may be MLD indication information. At this time, the fifth indication information may be described as indicating that the terminal device supports sending MLD packets, or indicating that the terminal device detects MLD packets in the Ethernet PDU session. text or Ethernet packets including MLD packets. At this time, the MLD indication information may also be replaced with a packet filter set (PFS) for detecting MLD packets.
可以理解的是,在第五指示信息为MLD指示信息时会话管理网元的处理过程,与在第五指示信息为IGMP指示信息时会话管理网元的处理过程类似,以下仅以第五指示信息为IGMP指示信息,第一报文为包括IGMP报文的以太报文为例进行说明。It can be understood that the processing process of the session management network element when the fifth indication information is the MLD indication information is similar to the processing process of the session management network element when the fifth indication information is the IGMP indication information. Only the fifth indication information will be used below It is IGMP indication information, and the first packet is an Ethernet packet including an IGMP packet as an example for illustration.
3、接入控制信息3. Access control information
例如,接入控制信息可以包括接入控制列表(access control list,ACL)。接入控制信息可以包括但不限于以下两种实现方式:For example, the access control information may include an access control list (access control list, ACL). Access control information may include but not limited to the following two implementations:
第一种实现方式:接入控制信息可以指示终端设备允许加入的一个或多个组播组的组播地址,此时的接入控制信息可以理解为终端设备粒度的接入控制信息。The first implementation manner: the access control information may indicate the multicast addresses of one or more multicast groups that the terminal device is allowed to join, and the access control information at this time may be understood as the access control information at the granularity of the terminal device.
例如,终端设备允许加入组播组1和组播组2,则ACL包括组播地址列表(list),即组播组1的组播地址和组播组2的组播地址。For example, if the terminal device is allowed to join the multicast group 1 and the multicast group 2, the ACL includes a multicast address list (list), that is, the multicast address of the multicast group 1 and the multicast address of the multicast group 2.
第二种实现方式中,接入控制信息可以包括至少一个组播组的信息,此时的接入控制信息可以理解为组播组粒度的接入控制信息。示例性地,至少一个组播组的信息包括第一组播组的信息,第一组播组的信息可以包括第一组播组包括的终端设备的标识。示例性地,终端设备的标识可以是终端设备的地址,或通用公共用户标识(generic public subscription identifier,GPSI)或用户(User)ID。此外,第一组播组的信息还可以包括以下一项或多项:第一组播组的标识、第一组播组的组播地址。In the second implementation manner, the access control information may include information of at least one multicast group, and the access control information at this time may be understood as the access control information at the granularity of the multicast group. Exemplarily, the information of at least one multicast group includes information of the first multicast group, and the information of the first multicast group may include identifiers of terminal devices included in the first multicast group. Exemplarily, the identifier of the terminal device may be an address of the terminal device, or a generic public subscription identifier (generic public subscription identifier, GPSI) or a user (User) ID. In addition, the information of the first multicast group may also include one or more of the following: an identifier of the first multicast group, and a multicast address of the first multicast group.
例如,组播组1包括UE1至UE5,则ACL包括组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID列表(list)(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)。For example, multicast group 1 includes UE1 to UE5, then the ACL includes the ID of multicast group 1, the multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (list) (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID).
此外,在一些实施例中,ACL中若不包括UE ID list,可认为ACL应用于5GLAN组中所有成员。例如,假设5G LAN组2包括UE1~UE8,ACL包括组播组3的ID,组播组3的组播地址,则ACL表明组播组3包括UE1~UE8。In addition, in some embodiments, if the UE ID list is not included in the ACL, it can be considered that the ACL is applied to all members in the 5GLAN group. For example, assuming that 5G LAN group 2 includes UE1~UE8, and the ACL includes the ID of multicast group 3 and the multicast address of multicast group 3, then the ACL indicates that multicast group 3 includes UE1~UE8.
需要说明的是,上述两种方式中的组播地址可以为以太组播地址或IP组播地址。其中,以太组播地址与MAC组播地址可以互相替换。It should be noted that the multicast address in the above two manners may be an Ethernet multicast address or an IP multicast address. Wherein, the Ethernet multicast address and the MAC multicast address can replace each other.
进一步地,在一些实施例中,若会话管理网元获取了第五指示信息和第一种实现方式的接入控制信息,则此时的第五指示信息仅指示该终端设备支持组播管理协议。例如,当第五指示信息为IGMP指示信息时,IGMP指示信息仅指示在终端设备的以太PDU会话中处理IGMP报文或包括IGMP报文的以太报文。Further, in some embodiments, if the session management network element acquires the fifth indication information and the access control information of the first implementation mode, the fifth indication information at this time only indicates that the terminal device supports the multicast management protocol . For example, when the fifth indication information is IGMP indication information, the IGMP indication information only indicates to process the IGMP message or the Ethernet message including the IGMP message in the Ethernet PDU session of the terminal device.
在另一些实施例中,若会话管理网元获取了第五指示信和第二种实现方式的接入控制信息,则此时第五指示信息指示多个终端设备支持组播管理协议。例如,ACL包括组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID列表(list)(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID),则当第五指示信息为IGMP指示信息时,IGMP指示信息指示在UE1至UE5的以太PDU会话中处理IGMP报文或包括IGMP报文的以太报文。In some other embodiments, if the session management network element acquires the fifth indication letter and the access control information of the second implementation manner, the fifth indication information indicates that multiple terminal devices support the multicast management protocol. For example, ACL includes the ID of multicast group 1, the multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (list) (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID), then when the fifth indication information is When the IGMP indication information is used, the IGMP indication information indicates to process the IGMP message or the Ethernet message including the IGMP message in the Ethernet PDU session from UE1 to UE5.
如图7所示,本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法,用以实现终端设备加入或退出以太类型的组播组。采用图7所示的方法,会话管理网元在接收到以太PDU会话建立消息后,向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,用户面网元可以在接收到第一类型的报文后,根据第一处理规则上报检测的第一类型的报文,以实现第一终端设备加入或退出以太类型的组播组。以下对图7所示的方法进行说明:As shown in FIG. 7 , the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, which is used to enable a terminal device to join or withdraw from an Ethernet multicast group. Using the method shown in Figure 7, after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message, the session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the user plane network element can receive the first After receiving a message of the first type, report the detected message of the first type according to the first processing rule, so as to realize that the first terminal device joins or exits the multicast group of the Ethernet type. The method shown in Figure 7 is described below:
步骤700:第一终端设备向会话管理网元发送以太PDU会话建立消息,以太PDU会 话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话。Step 700: The first terminal device sends an Ethernet PDU session establishment message to the session management network element, and the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session.
其中,以太PDU会话建立消息可以理解为PDU会话类型设置为以太(Ethernet)的PDU会话建立请求消息。Wherein, the Ethernet PDU session establishment message may be understood as a PDU session establishment request message in which the PDU session type is set to Ethernet.
步骤710:会话管理网元向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则。相应的,用户面网元从会话管理功能网元接收第一以太PDU会话的第一处理规则。Step 710: The session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element. Correspondingly, the user plane network element receives the first processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element.
其中,第一处理规则用于指示用户面网元处理从第一终端设备接收到的第一类型的报文,第一类型的报文可以参考上述相关描述,重复之处不再赘述。Wherein, the first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device. For the first type of message, reference may be made to the above relevant description, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,第一报文检测规则用于检测第一类型的报文,第一报文处理规则用于向会话管理网元报告检测到的第一类型的报文。示例性地,第一处理规则可以包括用于检测第一类型的报文的PDR和与用于检测第一类型的报文的PDR关联的FAR,或者,第一处理规则可以包括用于检测第一类型的报文的PDR和与用于检测第一类型的报文的PDR关联的统计信息上报规则(usage reporting rule,URR),其中,FAR用于实现对报文的转发操作,URR用于实现上报根据报文生成的N4报告。The first processing rule includes a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, the first packet detection rule is used to detect a first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to report the detection to the session management network element The first type of message received. Exemplarily, the first processing rule may include a PDR for detecting the first type of message and a FAR associated with the PDR for detecting the first type of message, or the first processing rule may include a PDR for detecting the first type of message The PDR of a type of message and the statistical information reporting rule (usage reporting rule, URR) associated with the PDR used to detect the first type of message, wherein, FAR is used to implement the forwarding operation to the message, and URR is used for Realize the reporting of the N4 report generated according to the message.
示例性地,第一报文检测规则可以包括以下一项或多项:IP报文过滤器,用于指示用户面网元检测第一类型的报文的指示信息,或者内嵌用于检测IP报文的过滤器的以太报文过滤器。Exemplarily, the first packet detection rule may include one or more of the following: IP packet filter, which is used to instruct the user plane network element to detect the indication information of the first type of packet, or embedded to detect IP Packet filter Ethernet packet filter.
例如,IP报文过滤器可以用于用户面网元判断检测到的报文是否包括IP报文,在检测到报文包括IP报文时,确定检测到的报文为第一类型的报文。又例如,内嵌用于检测IP报文的过滤器的以太报文过滤器可以用于用户面网元判断检测到的报文是否为以太类型的报文,且该以太类型的报文是否包括IP报文,在检测到的包括为以太类型的报文且该检测到的报文包括IP报文时,确定检测到第一类型的报文。又例如,用于指示用户面网元检测第一类型的报文的指示信息可以用于明确指示用户面网元检测接收到的报文是否包括第一类型的报文。For example, the IP packet filter can be used by the user plane network element to determine whether the detected packet includes an IP packet, and when it is detected that the packet includes an IP packet, determine that the detected packet is the first type of packet . For another example, an Ethernet packet filter embedded with a filter for detecting IP packets can be used by a user plane network element to determine whether a detected packet is an Ethernet type packet, and whether the Ethernet type packet includes The IP packet is determined to be detected as a packet of the first type when the detected packet is an Ethernet type packet and the detected packet includes an IP packet. For another example, the indication information for instructing the user plane network element to detect the first type of packet may be used to explicitly indicate whether the user plane network element detects whether the received packet includes the first type of packet.
在一些实施例中,会话管理网元还可以获取第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示第一终端设备支持组播管理协议,会话管理网元可以根据第五指示信息向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则。其中,会话管理网元可以从第一终端设备获取第五指示信息,或者会话管理网元可以从统一数据管理网元或策略控制功能网元或数据网络认证、授权、计费服务器获取第五指示信息。会话管理网络获取第五指示信息的具体方式可以参考图10中的方式1至方式6,此处不在赘述。In some embodiments, the session management network element can also obtain fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the multicast management protocol, and the session management network element can send the user plane network element according to the fifth indication information Send the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session. Wherein, the session management network element may obtain the fifth instruction information from the first terminal device, or the session management network element may obtain the fifth instruction from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and accounting server information. For a specific manner in which the session management network acquires the fifth indication information, reference may be made to manners 1 to 6 in FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
步骤720:第一终端设备发送第一报文,第一报文指示第一终端设备请求加入第一组播组,第一报文为第一类型的报文,第一组播组为以太类型的组播组。Step 720: the first terminal device sends a first message, the first message indicates that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, the first message is a message of the first type, and the first multicast group is an Ethernet type multicast group.
步骤730:用户面网元确定第一报文与第一报文检测规则匹配,根据第一报文处理规则向会话管理功能网元发送第一指示信息。相应的,会话管理功能网元从用户面网元接收第一指示信息。Step 730: The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the first packet detection rule, and sends the first indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule. Correspondingly, the session management function network element receives the first indication information from the user plane network element.
示例性地,在用户面网元从第一终端设备接收第一报文之后,用户面网元可以通过IP报文过滤器确定第一报文包括IP报文,进而确定第一报文与第一报文检测规则匹配,即检测到第一类型的报文。或者,用户面网元可以通过内嵌用于检测IP报文的过滤器的以太报文过滤器确定第一报文为以太类型的报文,且第一报文包括IP报文,进而确定第一报文与第一报文检测规则匹配,即检测到第一类型的报文。Exemplarily, after the user plane network element receives the first packet from the first terminal device, the user plane network element may determine that the first packet includes an IP packet through an IP packet filter, and then determine whether the first packet is related to the first packet. A packet detection rule is matched, that is, a packet of the first type is detected. Alternatively, the user plane network element may determine that the first packet is an Ethernet type packet through an Ethernet packet filter embedded with a filter for detecting IP packets, and the first packet includes an IP packet, and then determine that the second packet is an Ethernet packet. A packet matches the first packet detection rule, that is, a packet of the first type is detected.
示例性地,第一指示信息可以包括第一报文,或第一报文中的组播管理协议报文(例 如IGMP报文或MLD报文),或根据第一报文生成的N4报告。例如,在第一处理规则可以包括与用于检测第一类型的报文的PDR关联的FAR时,第一指示信息可以包括第一报文,或第一报文中的组播管理协议报文。又例如,在第一处理规则可以包括与用于检测第一类型的报文的PDR关联的URR时,第一指示信息可以包括根据第一报文生成的N4报告。Exemplarily, the first indication information may include the first packet, or a multicast management protocol packet (such as an IGMP packet or an MLD packet) in the first packet, or an N4 report generated according to the first packet. For example, when the first processing rule may include the FAR associated with the PDR used to detect the first type of message, the first indication information may include the first message, or the multicast management protocol message in the first message . For another example, when the first processing rule may include the URR associated with the PDR used to detect the first type of message, the first indication information may include the N4 report generated according to the first message.
其中,第一报文或第一报文中的组播管理协议报文包括第一组播组的IP组播地址,根据第一报文生成的N4报告包括第一组播组的IP组播地址或以太组播地址。在根据第一报文生成的N4报告包括第一组播组的以太组播组时,用户面网元将第一报文中的第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址。在一些实施例中,会话管理功能网元还可以向用户面网元发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示用户面网元将根据第一类型的报文获取的IP组播地址映射为以太组播地址,此时,用户面网元根据第二指示信息将第一报文中的第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为以太组播地址。Wherein, the first message or the multicast management protocol message in the first message includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group, and the N4 report generated according to the first message includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group. address or Ethernet multicast address. When the N4 report generated according to the first message includes the Ethernet multicast group of the first multicast group, the user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group in the first message to the first multicast The Ethernet multicast address of the group. In some embodiments, the session management function network element may also send second indication information to the user plane network element, and the second indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to map the IP multicast address obtained according to the first type of message to is an Ethernet multicast address, and at this time, the user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group in the first packet to an Ethernet multicast address according to the second indication information.
可选的,步骤740:会话管理功能网元向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则。Optionally, in step 740: the session management function network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element.
其中,第二处理规则为第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,又可以描述为第一组播组的以太组播地址对应的路由规则。第二处理规则包括第二报文检测规则和第二报文处理规则,第二报文检测规则用于检测第一组播组的以太组播报文,第二报文处理规则用于控制第一组播组的以太组播报文的转发。可以理解的是,此时的第二处理规则为终端设备粒度的处理规则。其中,第一组播组的以太组播报文包括第一组播组的以太组播组地址,第一组播组的以太组播报文会被转发至第一组播组内的组播成员。例如,第二处理规则包括用于检测第一组播组的以太组播报文的PDR和与用于检测第一组播组的以太组播报文的PDR关联的FAR,以太组播报文的转发具体可以参考图6所示的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the second processing rule is a routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and may be described as a routing rule corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group. The second processing rule includes a second message detection rule and a second message processing rule. The second message detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group, and the second message processing rule is used to control the first multicast group. Forwarding of Ethernet multicast packets of a multicast group. It can be understood that the second processing rule at this time is a processing rule at the granularity of the terminal device. Wherein, the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group includes the Ethernet multicast group address of the first multicast group, and the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group will be forwarded to the multicast group in the first multicast group. member. For example, the second processing rule includes the PDR used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group and the FAR associated with the PDR used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and the Ethernet multicast packet For details of forwarding, refer to the relevant description shown in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,在会话管理网元向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则之前,会话管理网元还可以判断是否允许第一终端设备加入第一组播组,在确定允许第一终端设备加入第一组播组时,会话管理网元生成第二处理规则,否则,会话管理网元丢弃第一指示信息。在一示例中,会话管理网元获取第一终端设备允许加入的一个或多个以太类型的组播组的组播地址。会话管理网元确定第一终端设备允许加入的一个或多个以太类型的组播组的组播地址包括第一组播组的组播地址,会话管理网元生成第二处理规则。在另一示例中,会话管理网元获取至少一个组播组的信息,每个组播组的信息包括至少一个终端设备的标识。会话管理网元确定至少一个组播组包括第一组播组,且第一组播组的信息包括第一终端设备的标识,会话管理网元生成第二处理规则。In some embodiments, before the session management network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, the session management network element may also determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join the first multicast group, When it is determined that the first terminal device is allowed to join the first multicast group, the session management network element generates a second processing rule; otherwise, the session management network element discards the first indication information. In an example, the session management network element acquires the multicast addresses of one or more Ethernet multicast groups that the first terminal device is allowed to join. The session management network element determines that the multicast addresses of one or more Ethernet multicast groups that the first terminal device is allowed to join include the multicast address of the first multicast group, and the session management network element generates a second processing rule. In another example, the session management network element acquires information of at least one multicast group, and the information of each multicast group includes an identifier of at least one terminal device. The session management network element determines that at least one multicast group includes the first multicast group, and the information of the first multicast group includes the identifier of the first terminal device, and the session management network element generates a second processing rule.
在一些实施例中,在第一指示信息包括第一组播组的IP组播地址时,会话管理网元需要将第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址。会话管理网元根据第一组播组的以太组播报文生成第二处理规则。In some embodiments, when the first indication information includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group, the session management network element needs to map the IP multicast address of the first multicast group to the Ethernet group of the first multicast group broadcast address. The session management network element generates a second processing rule according to the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group.
此外,在一些实施例中,用户面网元还可以从第一终端设备接收第二报文,第二报文指示第一终端设备请求退出第一组播组,第二报文为第一类型的报文,第一组播组为以太类型的组播组。用户面网元在确定第二报文与第一报文检测规则匹配时,根据第一报文处理规则向会话管理功能网元发送第三指示信息。第三指示信息可以包括第二报文,或第二报文中的组播管理协议报文,或根据第二报文生成的N4报告。In addition, in some embodiments, the user plane network element may also receive a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is of the first type packets, the first multicast group is an Ethernet multicast group. When determining that the second packet matches the first packet detection rule, the user plane network element sends third indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule. The third indication information may include the second message, or the multicast management protocol message in the second message, or the N4 report generated according to the second message.
其中,第二报文或第二报文中的组播管理协议报文包括第一组播组的IP组播地址,根据第二报文生成的N4报告包括第一组播组的IP组播地址或以太组播地址。在根据第二报文生成的N4报告包括第一组播组的以太组播组时,用户面网元将第二报文中的第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址,或者,用户面网元根据第二指示信息将第二报文中的第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为以太组播地址。Wherein, the second message or the multicast management protocol message in the second message includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group, and the N4 report generated according to the second message includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group address or Ethernet multicast address. When the N4 report generated according to the second message includes the Ethernet multicast group of the first multicast group, the user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group in the second message to the first multicast The Ethernet multicast address of the group, or the user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group in the second packet to the Ethernet multicast address according to the second indication information.
进一步地,会话管理网元可以根据接收到的第三指示信息向用户面网元发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示用户面网元删除第二处理规则。Further, the session management network element may send fourth indication information to the user plane network element according to the received third indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule.
采用上述方法,会话管理网元可以在接收到第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息后,向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,以便用户面网元在接收到第一类型的报文的情况下,能实现将第一类型的报文上报至会话管理网元,进而能够实现第一终端设备加入或者退出以太类型的组播组。Using the above method, the session management network element can send the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, so that the user plane network element can receive the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session. In the case of the first type of message, the report of the first type of message to the session management network element can be realized, and then the first terminal device can join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group.
如图8所示,本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法,用以实现终端设备动态加入以太类型的组播组。采用图8所示的方法,会话管理网元在接收到以太PDU会话建立消息后,向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则,用户面网元可以在接收到第一类型的报文后,根据第三处理规则自行创建或删除与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,或更新与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的MAC地址转发表,进而实现第一终端设备加入或退出以太类型的组播组。以下对图8所示的方法进行说明:As shown in FIG. 8 , the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, which is used to realize that a terminal device dynamically joins an Ethernet type multicast group. Using the method shown in Figure 8, after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message, the session management network element sends the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the user plane network element can receive the first After receiving a message of the first type, according to the third processing rule, create or delete the routing rule for the Ethernet multicast group of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the first type of message detected, or update the routing rule related to the first type of message detected The MAC address forwarding table of the Ethernet-type multicast group associated with a type of message, thereby enabling the first terminal device to join or exit the Ethernet-type multicast group. The method shown in Figure 8 is described below:
步骤800可以参考步骤700的相关描述,重复之处不在赘述。For step 800, reference may be made to the relevant description of step 700, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
步骤810:会话管理网元向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则。相应的,用户面网元从会话管理功能网元接收第一以太PDU会话的第三处理规则。Step 810: The session management network element sends the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element. Correspondingly, the user plane network element receives the third processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element.
其中,第三处理规则用于用户面网元处理从第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,第三处理规则包括第三报文检测规则和第三报文处理规则,第三报文检测规则用于检测第一类型的报文,第一类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,第三报文处理规则用于管理与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的第四处理规则,第四处理规则用于指示用户面网元处理与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文。Wherein, the third processing rule is used for the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device, the third processing rule includes a third message detection rule and a third message processing rule, and the third message The detection rule is used to detect the first type of message. The first type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group. The third message processing rule is used to manage and detect the first A fourth processing rule associated with the packet of the first type, the fourth processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group of the Ethernet type associated with the detected packet of the first type.
其中,第四处理规则可以包括以下两种可能的实现方式:Among them, the fourth processing rule may include the following two possible implementation methods:
第一种实现方式:第四处理规则为与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,第四处理规则包括第四报文检测规则和第四报文处理规则,第四报文检测规则用于检测与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文,第四报文处理规则用于控制与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的转发。The first implementation mode: the fourth processing rule is the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast group of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the first type of message detected, and the fourth processing rule includes the fourth message detection rule and the fourth message processing rule, the fourth message detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet multicast message of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the first type of message detected, and the fourth message processing rule is used for The forwarding of the Ethernet multicast message of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type message is controlled.
第二种实现方式:第四处理规则为与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的MAC地址转发表。MAC地址转发表包括MAC组播地址(又可称为以太组播地址)和一个或者多个以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的关联信息。在MAC地址转发表中添加第一个关联信息,可以理解为新建MAC地址转发表。从MAC地址转发表中删除最后一个关联信息,可以理解为删除MAC地址转发表。示例性地,用户面网元用MAC地址转发表确定以太组播报文关联的一个或者多个以太PDU会话对应的N4会话后,可以继续使用 对应N4会话中的PDR和FAR转发以太组播报文到对应的以太PDU会话,也可以直接转发组播报文到对应的以太PDU会话。可以理解的是,此时的第四处理规则可以为以用户面网元为粒度的处理规则。The second implementation manner: the fourth processing rule is the MAC address forwarding table of the Ethernet-type multicast group associated with the detected first-type message. The MAC address forwarding table includes association information of MAC multicast addresses (also called Ethernet multicast addresses) and N4 sessions corresponding to one or more Ethernet PDU sessions. Adding the first associated information in the MAC address forwarding table can be understood as creating a new MAC address forwarding table. Deleting the last associated information from the MAC address forwarding table can be understood as deleting the MAC address forwarding table. Exemplarily, after the user plane network element uses the MAC address forwarding table to determine the N4 session corresponding to one or more Ethernet PDU sessions associated with the Ethernet multicast message, it can continue to use the PDR and FAR in the corresponding N4 session to forward the Ethernet group broadcast to the corresponding Ethernet PDU session, or directly forward the multicast message to the corresponding Ethernet PDU session. It can be understood that the fourth processing rule at this time may be a processing rule with a granularity of a user plane network element.
此外,在一些实施例中,第三处理规则还可以不包括第三报文处理规则,此时,会话管理网络需要向用户面网元发送配置信息,该配置信息指示用户面网元管理与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的第四处理规则,例如,该配置信息指示用户面网元在第一类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求加入以太类型的组播组时创建与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,或更新与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的MAC地址转发表,该配置信息还指示用户面网元在第一类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求退出以太类型的组播组时删除与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,或更新与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的MAC地址转发表。In addition, in some embodiments, the third processing rule may not include the third packet processing rule. At this time, the session management network needs to send configuration information to the user plane network element, and the configuration information indicates that the user plane network element management and detection The fourth processing rule associated with the received first type of message, for example, the configuration information instructs the user plane network element to create and detect the first type of message when the first terminal device requests to join the Ethernet type multicast group The routing rule of the Ethernet multicast group associated with the first type of message, or update the MAC address of the Ethernet multicast group associated with the first type of message detected. The configuration information also instructs the user plane network element to delete the Ethernet-type group associated with the detected first-type message when the first-type message is used by the first terminal device to request to exit the Ethernet-type multicast group The routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group, or update the MAC address forwarding table of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected first type message.
在一些实施例中,会话管理网元还可以获取第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示第一终端设备支持组播管理协议,会话管理网元可以根据第五指示信息向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则。其中,会话管理网元可以从第一终端设备获取第五指示信息,或者会话管理网元可以从统一数据管理网元或策略控制功能网元或数据网络认证、授权、计费服务器获取第五指示信息。会话管理网络获取第五指示信息的具体方式可以参考图10中的方式1至方式6,此处不在赘述。In some embodiments, the session management network element can also obtain fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the multicast management protocol, and the session management network element can send the user plane network element according to the fifth indication information Send the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session. Wherein, the session management network element may obtain the fifth instruction information from the first terminal device, or the session management network element may obtain the fifth instruction from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and accounting server information. For a specific manner in which the session management network acquires the fifth indication information, reference may be made to manners 1 to 6 in FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
步骤820可以参考步骤720的相关描述,重复之处不在赘述。For step 820, reference may be made to the relevant description of step 720, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
步骤830:用户面网元确定第一报文与第三报文检测规则匹配,将从第一报文获取的第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址。Step 830: the user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the third packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the Ethernet multicast of the first multicast group address.
其中,第三报文检测规则可以参考第一报文检测规则的相关内容,重复之处不在赘述。Wherein, for the third packet detection rule, reference may be made to relevant content of the first packet detection rule, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
步骤840:用户面网元根据第三报文处理规则和第一组播组的以太组播地址管理与第一报文关联的第四处理规则。Step 840: The user plane network element manages a fourth processing rule associated with the first packet according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
对应于第四处理规则包括的两种可能的实现方式,用户面网元根据第三报文处理规则和第一组播组的以太组播地址管理与第一报文关联的第四处理规则,也可以分为以下两种方式:Corresponding to the two possible implementations included in the fourth processing rule, the user plane network element manages the fourth processing rule associated with the first message according to the third message processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, It can also be divided into the following two ways:
对应于第四处理规则的第一种可能的实现方式,用户面网元根据第三报文处理规则和第一组播组的以太组播地址创建第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则包括第一组播组的以太组播报文的报文检测规则和第一组播组的以太组播报文的报文处理规则,第一组播组的以太组播报文的报文检测规则用于检测第一组播组的以太组播报文,第一组播组的以太组播报文的报文处理规则用于控制第一组播组的以太组播报文的转发。Corresponding to the first possible implementation of the fourth processing rule, the user plane network element creates the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group Routing rules, the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group include the packet detection rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group and the packet processing of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group rule, the packet detection rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group is used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and the packet processing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group is used It is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group.
此外,在一些实施例中,用户面网元从第一终端设备接收第二报文,第二报文指示第一终端设备请求退出第一组播组,第二报文为第一类型的报文,用户面网元确定第二报文与第三报文检测规则匹配,将从第二报文获取的第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址,用户面网元根据第一组播组的以太组播地址索引第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,根据第三报文处理规则删除第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则。In addition, in some embodiments, the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is a message of the first type , the user plane network element determines that the second packet matches the third packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the second packet to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group , the user plane network element indexes the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, and deletes the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule Routing rules for text.
对应于第四处理规则的第二种可能的实现方式,用户面网元根据第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到第一组播组对应MAC地址转发表,根据第三报文处理规则在第一组播组对 应MAC地址转发表中添加第一组播组的以太组播地址与第一以太会话的N4会话的标识的对应关系。Corresponding to the second possible implementation of the fourth processing rule, the user plane network element indexes the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group, and according to the third packet processing rule Add the corresponding relationship between the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group and the identifier of the N4 session of the first Ethernet session in the forwarding table corresponding to the MAC address of the first multicast group.
此外,在一些实施例中,用户面网元从第一终端设备接收第二报文,第二报文指示第一终端设备请求退出第一组播组,第二报文为第一类型的报文。用户面网元确定第二报文与第三报文检测规则匹配,将从第二报文获取的第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址。用户面网元根据第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到第一组播组对应MAC地址转发表。用户面网元根据第三报文处理规则在第一组播组对应MAC地址转发表中删除第一组播组的以太组播地址与第一以太会话的N4会话的标识的对应关系。In addition, in some embodiments, the user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is a message of the first type arts. The user plane network element determines that the second packet matches the third packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the second packet to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group. The user plane network element indexes the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group. The user plane network element deletes the corresponding relationship between the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group and the identifier of the N4 session of the first Ethernet session in the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the first multicast group according to the third packet processing rule.
此外,在一些实施例中,会话管理网元向用户面网元发送接入控制信息,接入控制信息指示第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组。用户面网元可以根据接入控制信息判断是否允许第一终端设备加入或退出以太类型的组播组。其中,接入控制信息可以参考上述技术概念中的相关描述重复之处不在赘述。Furthermore, in some embodiments, the session management network element sends access control information to the user plane network element, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join. The user plane network element may determine whether to allow the first terminal device to join or withdraw from the Ethernet multicast group according to the access control information. Wherein, for the access control information, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned technical concepts, and details are not repeated here.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元可以在接收到第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息后,向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则,以便用户面网元在接收到第一类型的报文的情况下,能实现根据第三处理规则管理与检测到的第一类型的报文关联的第四处理规则,进而实现第一终端设备能够实现第一终端设备加入或者退出以太类型的组播组。With the above design, the session management network element can send the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, so that the user plane network element can receive the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session. In the case of the first type of message, the fourth processing rule associated with the detected first type of message can be managed according to the third processing rule, and then the first terminal device can implement the first terminal device to join or exit Ether type multicast group.
如图9所示,本申请实施例提供一种组播通信方法,用以实现终端设备动态加入以太类型的组播组。采用图9所示的方法,会话管理网元在接收到以太PDU会话建立消息后,向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,用户面网元可以在接收到第一类型的报文后,根据第五处理规则调整与第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则的状态,进而实现第一终端设备加入或退出以太类型的组播组。以下对图9所示的方法进行说明:As shown in FIG. 9 , the embodiment of the present application provides a multicast communication method, which is used to realize that a terminal device dynamically joins an Ethernet type multicast group. Using the method shown in Figure 9, after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message, the session management network element sends the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the user plane network element can After receiving the first type of message, adjust the state of the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast group associated with the first type of message according to the fifth processing rule, and then realize the first terminal device Join or quit the ether type multicast group. The method shown in Figure 9 is described below:
步骤900可以参考步骤700的相关描述,重复之处不在赘述。For step 900, reference may be made to the relevant description of step 700, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
步骤910:会话管理网元获取接入控制信息,接入控制信息指示第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组。Step 910: The session management network element acquires access control information, and the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join.
其中,接入控制信息可以参考上述技术概念中的相关描述重复之处不在赘述。此外,在一些实施例中,会话管理网元向用户面网元发送接入控制信息,接入控制信息指示第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组,以使用户面网元可以根据接入控制信息判断是否允许第一终端设备加入或退出以太类型的组播组。Wherein, for the access control information, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the above-mentioned technical concepts, and details are not repeated here. In addition, in some embodiments, the session management network element sends access control information to the user plane network element, and the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join, so that the user plane network element It may be judged according to the access control information whether to allow the first terminal device to join or withdraw from the Ether-type multicast group.
步骤920:会话管理网元根据接入控制信息确定第一以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则。Step 920: The session management network element determines the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information.
第六处理规则包括至少一个以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则,且至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则均处于去激活状态。The sixth processing rule includes routing rules for multicast packets of at least one Ethernet-type multicast group, and the routing rules for the Ethernet multicast packets of at least one Ethernet-type multicast group are all in a deactivated state.
可以理解的是,每个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则的状态可以为去激活状态或激活状态。It can be understood that, the state of the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of each Ethernet type multicast group may be a deactivated state or an activated state.
在一种实现方式中,每个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则的状态可以通过状态指示信息进行指示。其中,状态指示信息可以位于每个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则的内部或外部。In an implementation manner, the status of the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of each Ethernet type multicast group may be indicated by status indication information. Wherein, the state indication information may be located inside or outside the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of each Ethernet type multicast group.
在另一种实现方式中,每个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则的状态可以通过位图进行指示。示例性地,第一以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则包括N个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则和位图,N为正整数,位图与N个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则具有映射关系。其中,会话管理网元可以向用户面网元发送该映射关系,或该映射关系预配置在用户面网元上。例如,该位图可以包括N位,位图中的每一位对应一个以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则,位图中的每一位的取值可以为第一预设值或第二预设值,其中,第一预设值用于指示以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则处于去激活态,第二预设值用于指示以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则处于激活态,例如,第一预设值为“0”,第二预设值为“1”。In another implementation manner, the state of the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of each Ethernet type multicast group may be indicated by a bitmap. Exemplarily, the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session includes routing rules and bitmaps of Ethernet multicast packets of N Ethernet-type multicast groups, where N is a positive integer, and the bitmap is the same as that of N Ethernet-type multicast groups. The routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group have a mapping relationship. Wherein, the session management network element may send the mapping relationship to the user plane network element, or the mapping relationship is preconfigured on the user plane network element. For example, the bitmap may include N bits, and each bit in the bitmap corresponds to a routing rule for a multicast packet of an Ethernet-type multicast group, and the value of each bit in the bitmap may be the first preset value or a second preset value, wherein the first preset value is used to indicate that the routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group is in a deactivated state, and the second preset value is used to indicate that the Ethernet type multicast The routing rule of the multicast packet of the group is in an active state, for example, the first preset value is "0", and the second preset value is "1".
需要说明的是,上述指示路由规则的状态的实现方式仅为举例,不作为本申请实施例的限定。It should be noted that, the foregoing implementation manner of indicating the state of the routing rule is only an example, and is not intended as a limitation of this embodiment of the present application.
步骤930:会话管理网向用户面网元发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第一以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则。Step 930: The session management network sends the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element.
在一些实施例中,会话管理网元还可以获取第五指示信息,第五指示信息用于指示第一终端设备支持组播管理协议,会话管理网元可以根据第五指示信息生成第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则。示例性地,会话管理网元可以从第一终端设备获取第五指示信息,或者会话管理网元可以从统一数据管理网元或策略控制功能网元或数据网络认证、授权、计费服务器获取第五指示信息。会话管理网络获取第五指示信息的具体方式可以参考图10中的方式1至方式6,此处不在赘述。In some embodiments, the session management network element can also obtain fifth indication information, the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports the multicast management protocol, and the session management network element can generate the first Ethernet PDU according to the fifth indication information The fifth processing rule corresponding to the session. Exemplarily, the session management network element may obtain the fifth indication information from the first terminal device, or the session management network element may obtain the fifth indication information from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and accounting server. 5. instruction information. For a specific manner in which the session management network acquires the fifth indication information, reference may be made to manners 1 to 6 in FIG. 10 , which will not be repeated here.
其中,第五处理规则用于用户面网元处理第二类型的报文,第二类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求加入以太类型的组播组,第五处理规则包括第一类报文检测规则和第一类报文处理规则,其中,第一类报文检测规则用于检测用于第二类型的报文,第一类报文处理规则用于指示用户面网元将与检测到的第二类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。Among them, the fifth processing rule is used for the user plane network element to process the second type of message, and the second type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join the multicast group of the Ethernet type, and the fifth processing rule includes the first type of message The first type of packet detection rule and the first type of packet processing rule, wherein the first type of packet detection rule is used to detect the second type of packet, and the first type of packet processing rule is used to indicate that the user plane network element will The routing rule of the multicast message of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the second type message is set from the deactivated state to the activated state.
此外,第五处理规则还用于用户面网元处理第三类型的报文的处理规则,第三类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求退出以太类型的组播组。第五处理规则还包括第二类报文检测规则和第二类报文处理规则,其中,第二类报文检测规则用于检测用于第三类型的报文,第二类报文处理规则用于指示用户面网元将与检测到的第三类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为去激活态。In addition, the fifth processing rule is also used as a processing rule for the user plane network element to process the third type of message, and the third type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to exit the Ethernet type multicast group. The fifth processing rule also includes a second type of message detection rule and a second type of message processing rule, wherein the second type of message detection rule is used to detect a third type of message, and the second type of message processing rule It is used to instruct the user plane network element to set the routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected third type packet from an activated state to a deactivated state.
步骤940可以参考步骤720的相关描述,重复之处不在赘述。For step 940, reference may be made to the related description of step 720, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
步骤950:用户面网元确定第一报文与第一类报文检测规则匹配,将从第一报文获取的第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址。Step 950: The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the detection rule of the first type of packet, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the Ethernet group of the first multicast group broadcast address.
步骤960:在至少一个以太类型的组播组包括第一组播组时,用户面网元根据第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,用户面网元根据第一类报文处理规则将第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。Step 960: When at least one Ethernet multicast group includes the first multicast group, the user plane network element indexes the route of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group According to the rule, the user plane network element sets the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group from the deactivated state to the activated state according to the first type of packet processing rule.
此外,在一些实施例中,用户面网元还可以从第一终端设备接收第二报文,第二报文指示第一终端设备请求退出第一组播组,第二报文为第三类型的报文,用户面网元确定第二报文与第二类报文检测规则匹配,将从第二报文获取的第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为第一组播组的以太组播地址。在至少一个以太类型的组播组包括第一组播组时,用户面网元根据第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则。用户面 网元根据第二类报文处理规则将第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为去激活态。In addition, in some embodiments, the user plane network element may also receive a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is of the third type packet, the user plane network element determines that the second packet matches the second type packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the second packet to the Ethernet address of the first multicast group. multicast address. When at least one Ethernet multicast group includes the first multicast group, the user plane network element indexes to the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group. The user plane network element sets the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group from the activated state to the deactivated state according to the second type of message processing rule.
采用上述设计,会话管理网元可以在接收到第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息后,获取接入控制信息,并根据接入控制信息生成第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,以及发送第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,以便用户面网元可以根据第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,通过激活或去激活至少一个以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则中的路由规则实现第一终端设备加入或退出以太类型的组播组。With the above design, the session management network element can obtain the access control information after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment message of the first terminal device, and generate the fifth processing rule and the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information. Six processing rules, and the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, so that the user plane network element can activate or Deactivating the routing rules in the routing rules of the multicast packets of at least one Ether-type multicast group enables the first terminal device to join or exit the Ether-type multicast group.
以下各个实施例中,会话管理网元以SMF网元为例,用户面网元以UPF网元为例,终端设备以UE为例,接入网设备以RAN为例,接入和移动性管理网元以AMF网元为例。In the following embodiments, the session management network element is an example of an SMF network element, the user plane network element is an example of a UPF network element, the terminal device is an example of a UE, and the access network device is an example of a RAN. Access and mobility management The network element takes the AMF network element as an example.
请参见图10,为本申请实施例提供的一种组播通信方法的流程示意图。其中,在图10所示实施例中,UE1可以是5G LAN组1中的任意一个终端设备,UE1可以加入一个或多个组播组。例如,假设5G LAN组1包括UE1~UE8,组播组1包括UE1~UE5,组播组2包括UE6~UE8。其中,组播组1和组播组2为以太类型的组播组。以下以UE1为例,说明UE1加入或退出以太类型的组播组的具体流程。Please refer to FIG. 10 , which is a schematic flowchart of a multicast communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Wherein, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, UE1 may be any terminal device in 5G LAN group 1, and UE1 may join one or more multicast groups. For example, assume that 5G LAN group 1 includes UE1~UE8, multicast group 1 includes UE1~UE5, and multicast group 2 includes UE6~UE8. Among them, multicast group 1 and multicast group 2 are Ethernet multicast groups. The following uses UE1 as an example to illustrate the specific process of UE1 joining or exiting an Ethernet-type multicast group.
具体的,如图10所示的方法可以包括如下步骤:Specifically, the method shown in Figure 10 may include the following steps:
步骤1001:UE1向SMF网元发送以太PDU会话建立请求消息。相应的,SMF网元接收来自于UE1的以太PDU会话建立请求消息。Step 1001: UE1 sends an Ethernet PDU session establishment request message to the SMF network element. Correspondingly, the SMF network element receives the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message from UE1.
示例性地,UE1在需要建立以太PDU会话的情况下,向SMF网元发送以太PDU会话建立请求消息,例如,UE1可以通过RAN和AMF网元向SMF网元发送以太PDU会话建立请求消息。其中,UE1可以将以太PDU会话建立请求消息携带在非接入层(Non-access stratum,NAS)移动性管理(mobility management,MM)消息中,UE1通过接入网设备向AMF网元发送NAS MM消息,AMF网元根据NAS MM消息,通过N11消息将以太PDU会话建立请求消息发送至SMF网元。Exemplarily, UE1 sends an Ethernet PDU session establishment request message to the SMF network element when an Ethernet PDU session needs to be established. For example, UE1 may send an Ethernet PDU session establishment request message to the SMF network element through the RAN and the AMF network element. Among them, UE1 can carry the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message in the non-access stratum (Non-access stratum, NAS) mobility management (mobility management, MM) message, and UE1 sends the NAS MM to the AMF network element through the access network device message, the AMF network element sends the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message to the SMF network element through the N11 message according to the NAS MM message.
此外,上述以太PDU会话建立请求消息还可以替换为其他消息,例如以太PDU会话修改消息。In addition, the above Ethernet PDU session establishment request message may be replaced by other messages, such as an Ethernet PDU session modification message.
步骤1002:SMF网元获取IGMP指示信息。Step 1002: The SMF network element acquires IGMP indication information.
可以理解的是,SMF网元可以通过以下一种或多种方式获取IGMP指示信息。It can be understood that the SMF network element can obtain the IGMP indication information in one or more of the following ways.
方式1:SMF网元从以太PDU会话建立请求消息中获取IGMP指示信息。Mode 1: The SMF network element obtains the IGMP indication information from the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message.
示例性地,IGMP指示信息指示UE1支持IGMP组播管理协议,即UE1可以发送请求加入或退出以太类型的IGMP报文,或者又可以描述为,IGMP指示信息指示在UE1的以太PDU会话中处理IGMP报文。Exemplarily, the IGMP indication information indicates that UE1 supports the IGMP multicast management protocol, that is, UE1 can send an IGMP message requesting to join or exit the Ethernet type, or it can be described as, the IGMP indication information indicates that IGMP is processed in the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 message.
方式2:SMF网元向UDM网元发送签约数据请求消息,签约数据请求消息包括UE1的标识。UDM网元响应于签约数据请求消息向SMF网元发送签约数据响应消息,签约数据响应消息UE1的签约数据,其中,UE1的签约数据包括IGMP指示信息。Mode 2: The SMF network element sends a subscription data request message to the UDM network element, and the subscription data request message includes the identifier of UE1. The UDM network element sends a subscription data response message to the SMF network element in response to the subscription data request message, the subscription data response message is the subscription data of UE1, wherein the subscription data of UE1 includes IGMP indication information.
示例性地,SMF网元可以向UDM网元发送Nudm_SDM_Get消息,Nudm_SDM_Get消息包括UE1的标识UDM网元在接收到Nudm_SDM_Get消息后,可以向SMF网元发送针对Nudm_SDM_Get消息的响应消息,针对Nudm_SDM_Get消息的响应消息包括UE1的签约数据。Exemplarily, the SMF network element can send a Nudm_SDM_Get message to the UDM network element, and the Nudm_SDM_Get message includes the identification of UE1. After receiving the Nudm_SDM_Get message, the UDM network element can send a response message to the SMF network element for the Nudm_SDM_Get message, and the response message for the Nudm_SDM_Get message The message includes subscription data of UE1.
其中,UE1的签约数据可以包括以下一项或多项:UE1的标识(例如,用户永久标识(subscription permanent identifier,SUPI)),接入控制信息(包括UE1允许加入的组播组的组播地址,例如,组播组1的组播地址)和IGMP指示信息。其中,IGMP指示信息指示UE1支持IGMP组播管理协议。可以理解的是,签约数据还可以包括其他内容,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Wherein, UE1's subscription data may include one or more of the following: UE1's identity (for example, subscription permanent identifier (SUPI)), access control information (including the multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 is allowed to join) , for example, the multicast address of multicast group 1) and IGMP indication information. Wherein, the IGMP indication information indicates that UE1 supports the IGMP multicast management protocol. It can be understood that the subscription data may also include other content, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
此外,SMF网元在获取UE1的签约数据之后,SMF网元还可以根据UE1的签约数据判断UE1的以太PDU会话是否为SMF网元上5G LAN组1的第一个组成员的以太PDU会话。若SMF网元确定UE1的以太PDU会话是SMF网元上5G LAN组1的第一个组成员的以太PDU会话,即在5G LAN组1包括UE1至UE8且当前UE2至UE8均还未建立以太PDU会话时,UE1为5G LAN组1中第一个建立以太PDU会话的组成员,则SMF网元可以进一步获取5G LAN组1的签约数据。示例性地,SMF网元向UDM网元再次发送签约数据请求消息,签约数据请求消息包括5G LAN组1的组标识。UDM网元向SMF网元发送签约数据响应消息,签约数据响应消息包括5G LAN组1的签约数据。In addition, after the SMF network element obtains the subscription data of UE1, the SMF network element can also judge whether the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is the Ethernet PDU session of the first member of 5G LAN group 1 on the SMF network element according to the subscription data of UE1. If the SMF network element determines that the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is the Ethernet PDU session of the first group member of the 5G LAN group 1 on the SMF network element, that is, the 5G LAN group 1 includes UE1 to UE8 and the current UE2 to UE8 have not established an Ethernet PDU session. During the PDU session, UE1 is the first group member to establish an Ethernet PDU session in 5G LAN group 1, and the SMF network element can further obtain the subscription data of 5G LAN group 1. Exemplarily, the SMF network element sends the subscription data request message to the UDM network element again, and the subscription data request message includes the group identifier of the 5G LAN group 1. The UDM network element sends a subscription data response message to the SMF network element, and the subscription data response message includes the subscription data of 5G LAN group 1.
其中,5G LAN组1的签约数据可以包括以下一项或多项:Among them, the contract data of 5G LAN group 1 may include one or more of the following:
5GLAN Group ID=1,数据网络名称(data network name,DNN)=1,单个网络切片选择辅助信息(single network slice selection assistance information,S-NSSAI)=1,PDU会话类型(PDU session type)为以太,IGMP指示信息,接入控制信息,接入控制信息包括ACL1[组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID list(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)],IGMP指示信息指示组播组1中的组成员(即UE1至UE5)支持IGMP组播管理协议。5GLAN Group ID=1, data network name (data network name, DNN)=1, single network slice selection assistance information (single network slice selection assistance information, S-NSSAI)=1, PDU session type (PDU session type) is Ethernet , IGMP indication information, access control information, access control information includes ACL1 [ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)], the IGMP indication information indicates that the group members (ie UE1 to UE5) in the multicast group 1 support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
方式3:SMF网元向PCF网元送策略数据请求消息,策略数据请求消息包括UE1的标识。PCF网元向SMF网元发送策略数据响应消息,策略数据响应消息包括UE1的策略数据,其中,UE1的策略数据包括IGMP指示信息。Way 3: The SMF network element sends a policy data request message to the PCF network element, and the policy data request message includes the identifier of UE1. The PCF network element sends a policy data response message to the SMF network element. The policy data response message includes policy data of UE1, wherein the policy data of UE1 includes IGMP indication information.
示例性地,SMF网元可以向PCF网元发送Npcf_SMPolicyControl消息,Npcf_SMPolicyControl消息包括UE1的标识,PCF网元在接收到Npcf_SMPolicyControl消息后,可以向SMF网元针对Npcf_SMPolicyControl消息的响应消息。针对Npcf_SMPolicyControl消息的响应消息包括UE1的策略数据。其中,UE1的策略数据可以包括与上述方式2中UE1的签约数据相同的内容,此外,UE1的策略数据还可以包括其他内容,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Exemplarily, the SMF network element may send an Npcf_SMPolicyControl message to the PCF network element, and the Npcf_SMPolicyControl message includes the identifier of UE1, and after receiving the Npcf_SMPolicyControl message, the PCF network element may send a response message to the SMF network element for the Npcf_SMPolicyControl message. The response message to the Npcf_SMPolicyControl message includes policy data of UE1. The policy data of UE1 may include the same content as the subscription data of UE1 in the above method 2. In addition, the policy data of UE1 may also include other content, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
此外,参考上述方式2中SMF网元获取5G LAN组1的签约数据,SMF网元也可以获取5G LAN组1的策略数据,5G LAN组1的策略数据可以包括与上述方式2中组播组1的签约数据相同的内容。In addition, referring to the SMF network element obtaining the subscription data of 5G LAN group 1 in the above method 2, the SMF network element can also obtain the policy data of the 5G LAN group 1, and the policy data of the 5G LAN group 1 can include the same as the multicast group in the above method 2. 1 has the same content as the contract data.
方式4:在以太PDU会话需要进行二次认证的情况下,SMF网元可以从数据网络认证、授权、计费服务器(data network-authentication,authorization,accounting,DN-AAA)接收二次认证数据,其中,二次认证数据包括IGMP指示信息。此外,二次认证数据还可以包括接入控制信息。当接入控制信息包括UE1允许加入的组播组的组播地址(例如组播组1的组播地址)时,IGMP指示信息指示UE1支持IGMP组播管理协议。当接入控制信息包括ACL1[组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID list(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)]时,IGMP指示信息指示组播组1中的组成员(即UE1至UE5)支持IGMP组播管理协议。Mode 4: In the case that the Ethernet PDU session requires secondary authentication, the SMF network element can receive secondary authentication data from the data network-authentication, authorization, accounting server (data network-authentication, authorization, accounting, DN-AAA), Wherein, the secondary authentication data includes IGMP indication information. In addition, the secondary authentication data may also include access control information. When the access control information includes the multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 is allowed to join (for example, the multicast address of multicast group 1), the IGMP indication information indicates that UE1 supports the IGMP multicast management protocol. When the access control information includes ACL1 [ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)], the IGMP indication information indicates Group members in the multicast group 1 (ie, UE1 to UE5) support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
其中,在建立以太PDU会话的过程中,可以由DN-AAA对UE1进行辅助认证,即二次认证,第一次认证可以理解为AUSF网元对UE1进行认证。Wherein, in the process of establishing the Ethernet PDU session, the DN-AAA may perform auxiliary authentication on UE1, that is, the second authentication, and the first authentication may be understood as the authentication of UE1 by the AUSF network element.
需要说明的是,针对上述方式1至方式4,在SMF网元向UE1发送以太PDU会话建立完成消息之前,SMF网元获取IGMP指示信息,其中,以太PDU会话建立完成消息指示以太PDU会话建立成功。而针对下述方式5至方式8,在以太PDU会话建立成功后(即SMF网元发送以太PDU会话建立完成消息后),即针对已建立的以太PDU会话,SMF网元获取IGMP指示信息。It should be noted that, for the above methods 1 to 4, before the SMF network element sends the Ethernet PDU session establishment completion message to UE1, the SMF network element obtains the IGMP indication information, wherein the Ethernet PDU session establishment completion message indicates that the Ethernet PDU session establishment is successful . For the following methods 5 to 8, after the Ethernet PDU session is successfully established (that is, after the SMF network element sends the Ethernet PDU session establishment completion message), that is, for the established Ethernet PDU session, the SMF network element obtains IGMP indication information.
方式5:在以太PDU会话建立成功后,SMF网元从UDM网元接收签约数据更新消息,其中,签约数据更新消息包括IGMP指示信息。例如,签约数据更新消息可以为Nudm_SDM_Notify消息。Mode 5: After the Ethernet PDU session is established successfully, the SMF network element receives the subscription data update message from the UDM network element, wherein the subscription data update message includes IGMP indication information. For example, the subscription data update message may be a Nudm_SDM_Notify message.
示例性地,签约数据更新消息可以包括更新后的UE1的签约数据,更新后的UE1的签约数据可以与上述方式2中UE1的签约数据包括的内容相同。或者签约数据更新消息包括更新后的5GLAN组1的签约数据,更新后的5GLAN组1的签约数据可以与上述方式2中5GLAN组1的签约数据包括的内容相同。Exemplarily, the subscription data update message may include updated subscription data of UE1, and the updated subscription data of UE1 may include the same content as that included in the subscription data of UE1 in the foregoing manner 2. Or the subscription data update message includes the updated subscription data of 5GLAN group 1, and the updated subscription data of 5GLAN group 1 may be the same as that included in the subscription data of 5GLAN group 1 in mode 2 above.
可以理解的是,在方式2中,SMF网元可以主动获取签约数据,而在方式5中,当签约数据更新时,UDM网元可以主动向SMF网元发送更新后的签约数据,此时,若SMF网元之前已获取过签约数据,则之前获取的签约数据可以不包括IGMP指示信息,更新后的签约数据包括IGMP指示信息。It can be understood that in mode 2, the SMF network element can actively obtain the subscription data, and in mode 5, when the subscription data is updated, the UDM network element can actively send the updated subscription data to the SMF network element. At this time, If the SMF network element has obtained subscription data before, the previously obtained subscription data may not include IGMP indication information, and the updated subscription data may include IGMP indication information.
此外,还需说明的是,UDM网元可以在以下三种场景中的任意场景下发送签约数据更新消息。In addition, it should be noted that the UDM network element can send the subscription data update message in any of the following three scenarios.
场景1:UDM网元从NEF网元接收组信息,根据组信息向SMF网元发送签约数据更新消息。例如,AF网元向NEF网元发送Nnef_ParameterProvisioning消息,Nnef_ParameterProvisioning消息包括组信息,NEF网元向UDM网元发送Nudm_ParameterProvisioning消息,Nudm_ParameterProvisioning消息包括组信息。Scenario 1: The UDM network element receives group information from the NEF network element, and sends a subscription data update message to the SMF network element according to the group information. For example, the AF network element sends a Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message to the NEF network element, and the Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message includes group information, and the NEF network element sends a Nudm_ParameterProvisioning message to the UDM network element, and the Nudm_ParameterProvisioning message includes group information.
场景2:UDM网元根据本地配置的组信息向SMF网元发送签约数据更新消息。Scenario 2: The UDM network element sends a subscription data update message to the SMF network element according to the locally configured group information.
针对上述场景1和场景2,以下以5G LAN组1的组信息为例进行说明。For the above scenario 1 and scenario 2, the group information of 5G LAN group 1 is used as an example to illustrate.
在一种实现方式中,5G LAN组1的组信息可以包括以下一项或多项:5GLAN Group ID=1,DNN=1,S-NSSAI=1,PDU会话类型为以太,IGMP指示信息,ACL1[组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID list(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)],ACL2[组播组2的ID,组播组2的组播地址,UE ID list(UE6ID,UE7ID,UE8ID)]。In one implementation, the group information of 5G LAN group 1 may include one or more of the following: 5GLAN Group ID=1, DNN=1, S-NSSAI=1, PDU session type is Ethernet, IGMP indication information, ACL1 [ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list(UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)], ACL2[ID of multicast group 2, multicast group 2 multicast address, UE ID list(UE6ID, UE7ID, UE8ID)].
在另一种实现方式中,5G LAN组1的组信息可以包括以下一项或多项:5GLAN Group ID=1,DNN=1,S-NSSAI=1,PDU会话类型为以太,ACL1[组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,IGMP指示信息,UE ID list(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)],ACL2[组播组2的ID,组播组2的组播地址,UE ID list(UE6ID,UE7ID,UE8ID)]。In another implementation, the group information of 5G LAN group 1 may include one or more of the following: 5GLAN Group ID=1, DNN=1, S-NSSAI=1, PDU session type is Ethernet, ACL1 [multicast ID of group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, IGMP indication information, UE ID list(UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)], ACL2[ID of multicast group 2, multicast Multicast address of group 2, UE ID list(UE6ID, UE7ID, UE8ID)].
其中,在第一种实现方式中,IGMP指示信息在ACL1和ACL2的外部,此时,IGMP指示信息指示5G LAN组1中的组成员支持IGMP组播管理协议,即组播组1中的组成员(即UE1至UE5)支持IGMP组播管理协议,以及组播组2中的组成员(即UE6至UE8)支持IGMP组播管理协议。而在第二种实现方式中,IGMP指示信息在ACL1内部,ACL2内部不包括IGMP指示信息,此时,IGMP指示信息指示组播组1中的组成员支持IGMP组播管理协议。Among them, in the first implementation mode, the IGMP indication information is outside ACL1 and ACL2. At this time, the IGMP indication information indicates that the group members in the 5G LAN group 1 support the IGMP multicast management protocol, that is, the group members in the multicast group 1 Members (ie UE1 to UE5) support the IGMP multicast management protocol, and group members in the multicast group 2 (ie UE6 to UE8) support the IGMP multicast management protocol. In the second implementation mode, the IGMP indication information is inside ACL1, and the IGMP indication information is not included inside ACL2. At this time, the IGMP indication information indicates that the group members in the multicast group 1 support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
场景3:UDM网元从NEF网元接收签约数据更新请求消息,签约数据更新请求消息包括IGMP指示信息,UDM网元根据签约数据更新请求消息向SMF网元发送签约数据更新消息。示例性地,AF网元通过NEF网元向UDM网元发送签约数据更新消息。Scenario 3: The UDM network element receives the subscription data update request message from the NEF network element. The subscription data update request message includes IGMP indication information, and the UDM network element sends the subscription data update message to the SMF network element according to the subscription data update request message. Exemplarily, the AF network element sends the subscription data update message to the UDM network element through the NEF network element.
在一种实现方式中,签约数据更新请求消息包括IGMP指示信息和组播组1的标识或IGMP指示信息和组播组1中的组成员对应的UE ID list,则IGMP指示组播组1中的组成员(即UE1至UE5)支持IGMP组播管理协议。或者,签约数据更新请求消息包括IGMP指示信息和5G LAN组1的标识,则IGMP指示5G LAN组1中的组成员(即UE1至UE8)支持IGMP组播管理协议。In one implementation, the subscription data update request message includes the IGMP indication information and the identification of the multicast group 1 or the UE ID list corresponding to the IGMP indication information and the group members in the multicast group 1, then the IGMP indication information in the multicast group 1 The group members (that is, UE1 to UE5) support the IGMP multicast management protocol. Alternatively, the subscription data update request message includes the IGMP indication information and the identifier of the 5G LAN group 1, and then the IGMP indicates that the group members (ie UE1 to UE8) in the 5G LAN group 1 support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
例如,AF网元向NEF网元发送Nnef_ParameterProvisioning消息或Nnef_IGMPActivation消息,NEF网元向UDM网元发送Nudm_ParameterProvisioning消息。Nnef_ParameterProvisioning消息或Nnef_IGMPActivation消息包括IGMP指示信息和组播组1的标识,或IGMP指示信息和组播组1中的组成员对应的UE ID list,或IGMP指示信息和5G LAN组1的标识。Nudm_ParameterProvisioning消息包括Nnef_ParameterProvisioning消息或Nnef_IGMPActivation消息中携带的信息。For example, the AF network element sends a Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message or an Nnef_IGMPActivation message to the NEF network element, and the NEF network element sends a Nudm_ParameterProvisioning message to the UDM network element. The Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message or the Nnef_IGMPActivation message includes the IGMP indication information and the identification of the multicast group 1, or the IGMP indication information and the UE ID list corresponding to the group members in the multicast group 1, or the IGMP indication information and the identification of the 5G LAN group 1. The Nudm_ParameterProvisioning message includes the information carried in the Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message or the Nnef_IGMPActivation message.
在另一种实现方式中,IGMP指示信息可以采用以下任意一种实现方式:用于检测IGMP报文的报文过滤器,或用于指示处理从UE1接收的IGMP报文的指示信息或指示UE1支持IGMP组播管理协议的指示信息。例如,AF网元向NEF网元发送Nnef_AFSessionWithQoS消息,Nnef_AFSessionWithQoS消息包括IP报文过滤器,或用于指示处理从UE1接收的IGMP报文的指示信息或指示UE1支持IGMP组播管理协议的指示信息。In another implementation manner, the IGMP indication information may adopt any of the following implementation manners: a packet filter for detecting IGMP packets, or indication information for instructing processing of IGMP packets received from UE1 or indicating UE1 Supports the indication information of the IGMP multicast management protocol. For example, the AF network element sends a Nnef_AFSessionWithQoS message to the NEF network element, and the Nnef_AFSessionWithQoS message includes an IP packet filter, or instruction information for instructing to process an IGMP packet received from UE1 or instruction information for instructing UE1 to support the IGMP multicast management protocol.
方式6:在以太PDU会话建立成功后,SMF网元从PCF网元接收策略数据更新消息,其中,策略数据更新消息包括IGMP指示信息。示例性地,策略数据更新消息可以包括更新后的UE1的策略数据,更新后的UE1的策略数据可以与上述方式2中UE1的签约数据包括的内容相同。或者策略数据更新消息包括更新后的5GLAN组1的签约数据,更新后的5GLAN组1的策略数据可以与上述方式2中5GLAN组1的签约数据包括的内容相同。Manner 6: After the Ethernet PDU session is successfully established, the SMF network element receives a policy data update message from the PCF network element, wherein the policy data update message includes IGMP indication information. Exemplarily, the policy data update message may include updated policy data of UE1, and the updated policy data of UE1 may be the same as that included in the subscription data of UE1 in manner 2 above. Or the policy data update message includes the updated subscription data of the 5GLAN group 1, and the updated policy data of the 5GLAN group 1 may be the same as the content included in the subscription data of the 5GLAN group 1 in the above mode 2.
同理,PCF网元还可以在上述三个场景中的任意场景下发送策略数据更新消息,具体可以参考上述方式5中的相关内容,重复之处不在赘述。Similarly, the PCF network element can also send a policy data update message in any of the above three scenarios. For details, refer to the relevant content in the above method 5, and the repetition will not be repeated.
示例性地,对应于上述场景1,AF网元向NEF网元发送Nnef_ParameterProvisioning消息,Nnef_ParameterProvisioning消息包括组信息,NEF网元向PCF网元发送Npcf_Policy Authorization消息,Npcf_Policy Authorization消息包括组信息。Exemplarily, corresponding to the above scenario 1, the AF network element sends a Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message to the NEF network element, and the Nnef_ParameterProvisioning message includes group information, and the NEF network element sends an Npcf_Policy Authorization message to the PCF network element, and the Npcf_Policy Authorization message includes group information.
可以理解的是,SMF网元可以通过上述方式1至方式6中的至少一种方式获得IGMP指示信息。此外,在SMF网元通过上述方式1至方式6多次获得IGMP指示信息时,若同时多次获得接入控制信息,且获得的多个接入控制信息不一致,则SMF网元可以根据以下优先级从高到底的顺序确定多个接入控制信息的优先级:策略数据中的接入控制信息,二次认证数据中的接入控制信息,签约数据中的接入控制信息,SMF网元本地配置的接入控制信息。It can be understood that, the SMF network element can obtain the IGMP indication information through at least one of the foregoing ways 1 to 6. In addition, when the SMF network element obtains the IGMP indication information multiple times through the above methods 1 to 6, if the access control information is obtained multiple times at the same time, and the multiple access control information obtained are inconsistent, the SMF network element can be prioritized according to the following The priority of multiple access control information is determined in order from high to low: the access control information in the policy data, the access control information in the secondary authentication data, the access control information in the subscription data, the SMF network element local Configured access control information.
需要说明的是,步骤1002为可选的步骤,SMF网元可以在接收到来自于UE1的以太PDU会话建立请求消息后,直接执行步骤1003。It should be noted that step 1002 is an optional step, and the SMF network element may directly execute step 1003 after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message from UE1.
步骤1003:SMF网元在UPF网元设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则。Step 1003: The SMF network element sets the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element.
示例性地,SMF网元在UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置第一处理规则。 或者又可以描述为,SMF网元生成UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,SMF网元向UPF网元发送UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则和UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的标识。例如,SMF网元向UPF网元发送N4会话消息,N4会话消息包括UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则和UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的标识。Exemplarily, the SMF network element sets the first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1. Or it can be described as, the SMF network element generates the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the SMF network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 and the N4 corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 to the UPF network element The ID of the session. For example, the SMF network element sends an N4 session message to the UPF network element, and the N4 session message includes the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 and the identifier of the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
若SMF网元执行步骤1002,则SMF网元根据IGMP指示信息在UPF网元设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则。If the SMF network element executes step 1002, the SMF network element sets the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the IGMP instruction information.
示例性地,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则可以包括用于检测包括IGMP报文的以太报文的PDR和与用于检测包括IGMP报文的以太报文的PDR关联的FAR,或者,用于检测包括IGMP报文的以太报文的PDR和与用于检测包括IGMP报文的以太报文的PDR关联的URR。Exemplarily, the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include the PDR used to detect the Ethernet message including the IGMP message and the FAR associated with the PDR used to detect the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, or , used to detect the PDR of the Ethernet message including the IGMP message and the URR associated with the PDR used to detect the Ethernet message including the IGMP message.
可以理解的是,结合上述方式2至方式6,若IGMP指示信息指示组播组1中的组成员(即UE1至UE5)支持IGMP组播管理协议,SMF网元根据5GLAN Group ID=1,DNN=1,S-NSSAI=1,PDU会话类型为以太,确定已存在UE2的以太PDU会话、UE3的以太PDU会话、UE4的以太PDU会话、UE5的以太PDU会话,则SMF网元还需在UE2的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置对应的第一处理规则,以及在UE3的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置对应的第一处理规则,在UE4的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置对应的第一处理规则,在UE5的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置对应的第一处理规则。具体设置方式可以参考SMF网元在UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置对应的第一处理规则的相关描述,重复之处不在赘述。It can be understood that, in combination with the above methods 2 to 6, if the IGMP indication information indicates that the group members in the multicast group 1 (that is, UE1 to UE5) support the IGMP multicast management protocol, the SMF network element according to 5GLAN Group ID=1, DNN =1, S-NSSAI=1, the PDU session type is Ethernet, and it is determined that the Ethernet PDU session of UE2, the Ethernet PDU session of UE3, the Ethernet PDU session of UE4, and the Ethernet PDU session of UE5 exist. Set the corresponding first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE3, set the corresponding first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE3, and set the corresponding first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE4 The corresponding first processing rule is set in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE5. For the specific setting method, please refer to the relevant description of setting the corresponding first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 by the SMF network element, and the repeated description will not be repeated.
此外,SMF网元还可以向UPF网元发送接入控制信息。In addition, the SMF network element can also send access control information to the UPF network element.
在一种实现方式中,当接入控制信息包括UE1允许加入的组播组的组播地址(例如组播组1的组播地址)时,SMF网元还可以在UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置接入控制信息。因此,UPF网元可以根据接入控制信息,判断UE1是否可以加入请求加入的组播组。In one implementation, when the access control information includes the multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 is allowed to join (for example, the multicast address of multicast group 1), the SMF network element can also configure the Access control information is set in the N4 session. Therefore, the UPF network element can judge whether UE1 can join the requested multicast group according to the access control information.
在一种实现方式中,当接入控制信息包括ACL1[组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID list(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)]时,SMF网元可以在5GLAN组级别N4会话中设置接入控制信息。因此,UPF网元可以根据接入控制信息,判断请求加入组播组1的终端设备是否可以加入组播组1,例如,判断UE1是否可以加入组播组1,以及判断UE2是否可以加入请求加入的组播组1,以及判断UE3是否可以加入组播组1,以及判断UE4是否可以加入组播组1,以及判断UE5是否可以加入组播组1等。In one implementation, when the access control information includes ACL1 [ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID) ], the SMF network element can set the access control information in the 5GLAN group-level N4 session. Therefore, the UPF network element can judge whether the terminal device requesting to join the multicast group 1 can join the multicast group 1 according to the access control information, for example, judge whether UE1 can join the multicast group 1, and judge whether UE2 can join the request to join multicast group 1, and determine whether UE3 can join multicast group 1, determine whether UE4 can join multicast group 1, and determine whether UE5 can join multicast group 1, etc.
在一种实现方式中,当接入控制信息包括ACL1[组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID list(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)]时,SMF网元可以在特殊模块(例如,PIM模块)中设置接入控制信息,第一处理规则要指向此特殊模块。第一指示信息和第三指示信息需要被发送到特殊模块,以使其判断请求加入组播组1的终端设备是否可以加入组播组1。需要说明的是,这里的特殊模块可以理解为UPF网元中的一个模块或者能够与UPF网元通信的模块。In one implementation, when the access control information includes ACL1 [ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID) ], the SMF network element can set access control information in a special module (for example, a PIM module), and the first processing rule should point to this special module. The first indication information and the third indication information need to be sent to the special module, so that it can judge whether the terminal device requesting to join the multicast group 1 can join the multicast group 1. It should be noted that the special module here can be understood as a module in the UPF network element or a module capable of communicating with the UPF network element.
步骤1004:UE1发送包括IGMP报文的以太报文。IGMP报文包括UE1的地址和UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的IP组播地址。Step 1004: UE1 sends an Ethernet message including an IGMP message. The IGMP message includes the address of UE1 and the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit.
步骤1005a:UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则中的报文检测规则匹配,UPF网元根据报文处理规则向SMF网元发送包 括IGMP报文的以太报文或IGMP报文。Step 1005a: The UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the message detection rule in the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the UPF network element sends the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the message processing rule. The Ethernet packet or IGMP packet of the packet.
示例性地,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则包括PDR和与PDR关联的FAR。UPF根据PDR检测包括IGMP报文的以太报文,并根据与PDR关联的FAR向SMF网元发送包括IGMP报文的以太报文或IGMP报文。Exemplarily, the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes a PDR and a FAR associated with the PDR. The UPF detects the Ethernet message including the IGMP message according to the PDR, and sends the Ethernet message or the IGMP message including the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the FAR associated with the PDR.
步骤1006a:SMF网元从UPF网元接收包括IGMP报文的以太报文或IGMP报文,SMF网元解析IGMP报文,将UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的IP组播地址映射为UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的以太组播地址。Step 1006a: The SMF network element receives the Ethernet message or the IGMP message including the IGMP message from the UPF network element, the SMF network element parses the IGMP message, and maps the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit to UE1 The Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group to request to join or leave.
步骤1007a:SMF网元根据接入控制信息和IGMP报文对UE1进行认证。Step 1007a: The SMF network element authenticates UE1 according to the access control information and the IGMP message.
示例性地,SMF网元根据接入控制信息对UE1进行认证可以分为以下几种可能:Exemplarily, the authentication of UE1 by the SMF network element according to the access control information can be divided into the following possibilities:
第一,在IGMP报文指示UE1请求加入组播组1时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证通过,即UE1可以加入组播组1,则SMF网元继续执行步骤1008a。First, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to join multicast group 1, the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can join multicast group 1, and then the SMF network element continues to perform step 1008a.
第二,在IGMP报文指示UE1请求退出组播组1时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证通过,即UE1可以退出组播组1,则SMF网元继续执行步骤1008b。Second, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to exit multicast group 1, the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can exit multicast group 1, and then the SMF network element continues to perform step 1008b.
第三,在IGMP报文指示UE1请求加入组播组2时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证失败,即UE1不可以加入组播组2。SMF网元丢弃IGMP报文。Third, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to join the multicast group 2, the SMF network element determines that the authentication of UE1 fails according to the access control information, that is, UE1 cannot join the multicast group 2. The SMF network element discards the IGMP message.
第四,在IGMP报文指示UE1请求退出组播组2时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证失败,即UE1未加入组播组2。SMF网元丢弃IGMP报文。Fourth, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to withdraw from the multicast group 2, the SMF network element determines that the authentication of UE1 fails according to the access control information, that is, UE1 does not join the multicast group 2. The SMF network element discards the IGMP message.
可以理解的是,这里的接入控制信息可以包括UE1允许加入的组播组的组播地址(例如组播组1的组播地址),或者ACL1[组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID list(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)]。此外,在ACL1[组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID list(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)]包括UE1 ID时,还需确定UE1的以太PDU会话与5G LAN组1的签约数据或5G LAN组1的策略数据中DNN和S-NSSAI关联,例如,假设5G LAN组1的签约数据包括DNN=1,S-NSSAI=1,且UE1的以太PDU会话在DNN=1和S-NSSAI=1所指示的切片上,则UE1的以太PDU会话与DNN=1和S-NSSAI=1关联。It can be understood that the access control information here may include the multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 is allowed to join (such as the multicast address of multicast group 1), or ACL1[ID of multicast group 1, multicast group 1 multicast address, UE ID list(UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)]. In addition, when ACL1 [ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)] includes UE1 ID, it is also necessary to determine UE1 The Ethernet PDU session of the 5G LAN group 1 is associated with DNN and S-NSSAI in the subscription data of 5G LAN group 1 or the policy data of 5G LAN group 1. For example, assuming that the subscription data of 5G LAN group 1 includes DNN=1, S-NSSAI=1, and The Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is on the slice indicated by DNN=1 and S-NSSAI=1, then the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is associated with DNN=1 and S-NSSAI=1.
可以理解的是,这里不限定步骤1006a和步骤1007a的执行顺序。It can be understood that the execution sequence of step 1006a and step 1007a is not limited here.
步骤1005b:UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则中的报文检测规则匹配,UPF网元根据报文处理规则向SMF网元发送根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告。Step 1005b: The UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the message detection rule in the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the UPF network element sends the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the message processing rule. N4 report generated by the packet.
示例性地,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则包括PDR和与PDR关联的URR。UPF根据PDR检测包括IGMP报文的以太报文,并根据与PDR关联的URR向SMF网元发送根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告。Exemplarily, the first processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes a PDR and a URR associated with the PDR. The UPF detects the Ethernet message including the IGMP message according to the PDR, and sends the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the URR associated with the PDR.
在一种实现方式中,若根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告包括UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的IP组播地址,则继续执行步骤1006b。In one implementation manner, if the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message includes the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit, continue to execute step 1006b.
在另一种实现方式中,在UPF网元根据报文处理规则向SMF网元发送根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告之前,UPF网元可以将UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的IP组播地址映射为UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的以太组播地址,此时,根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告包括UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的以太组播地址,SMF网元不需要执行步骤1006b,直接执行步骤1007b。此外,在UPF网元将UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的IP组播地址映射为UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的以太组播地址之前,SMF网元还可以向UPF网元 发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示UPF网元将UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的IP组播地址映射为UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的以太组播地址。In another implementation, before the UPF network element sends the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message to the SMF network element according to the message processing rules, the UPF network element can send the IP multicast report of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit The address is mapped to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit. At this time, the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message includes the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit. The SMF network element does not need Execute step 1006b, and directly execute step 1007b. In addition, before the UPF network element maps the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit, the SMF network element can also send the first Two indication information, the second indication information instructs the UPF network element to map the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit.
步骤1006b:SMF网元解析根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告,将UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的IP组播地址映射为UE1请求加入或退出的组播组的以太组播地址。Step 1006b: The SMF network element analyzes the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message, and maps the IP multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group that UE1 requests to join or exit.
步骤1007b:SMF网元根据接入控制信息和根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告对UE1进行认证。Step 1007b: The SMF network element authenticates UE1 according to the access control information and the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message.
示例性地,SMF网元根据接入控制信息对UE1进行认证可以分为以下几种可能:Exemplarily, the authentication of UE1 by the SMF network element according to the access control information can be divided into the following possibilities:
第一,在根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告指示UE1请求加入组播组1时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证通过,即UE1可以加入组播组1,则SMF网元继续执行步骤1008a。First, when the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to join multicast group 1, the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can join multicast group 1, and the SMF network element continues to execute Step 1008a.
第二,在根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告指示UE1请求退出组播组1时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证通过,即UE1可以退出组播组1,则SMF网元继续执行步骤1008b。Second, when the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to exit multicast group 1, the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can exit multicast group 1, and the SMF network element continues to execute Step 1008b.
第三,在根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告指示UE1请求加入组播组2时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证失败,即UE1不可以加入组播组2。SMF网元丢弃根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告。Third, when the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to join the multicast group 2, the SMF network element determines that the authentication of UE1 fails according to the access control information, that is, UE1 cannot join the multicast group 2. The SMF network element discards the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message.
第四,在根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告指示UE1请求退出组播组2时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证失败,即UE1未加入组播组2。SMF网元丢弃根据IGMP报文生成的N4报告。Fourth, when the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to exit the multicast group 2, the SMF network element determines that the authentication of UE1 fails according to the access control information, that is, UE1 does not join the multicast group 2. The SMF network element discards the N4 report generated according to the IGMP message.
其中,步骤1007b中的接入控制信息可以参考上述步骤1007a中的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述。For the access control information in step 1007b, reference may be made to the relevant description in step 1007a above, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
可以理解的是,结合上述SMF网元还可以向UPF网元发送接入控制信息的相关内容可知,UPF网元也可以根据接入控制信息对UE1进行认证,具体认证方式可以参考上述SMF网元根据接入控制信息对UE1进行认证的相关描述(即步骤1007a和步骤1007b),重复之处不再赘述。It can be understood that, combined with the relevant content that the above SMF network element can also send access control information to the UPF network element, the UPF network element can also authenticate UE1 according to the access control information, and the specific authentication method can refer to the above SMF network element Relevant descriptions of authenticating UE1 according to the access control information (ie step 1007a and step 1007b) will not be repeated here.
步骤1008a:SMF网元在UPF网元设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则。Step 1008a: The SMF network element sets the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element.
示例性地,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则可以包括组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则。例如,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则包括用于检测组播组1的以太组播报文的PDR和与用于检测组播组1的组播报文的PDR关联的FAR。用于检测组播组1的以太组播报文PDR用于将接收到的报文与组播组1的以太组播报文的特征信息进行匹配,检测与该PDR匹配的组播组1的以太组播报文。与用于检测组播组1的以太组播报文的PDR关联的FAR用于控制组播组1的以太组播报文的转发。Exemplarily, the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include a routing rule for the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1. For example, the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes the PDR for detecting the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group 1 and the FAR associated with the PDR for detecting the multicast packet of the multicast group 1. The PDR used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1 is used to match the received packet with the characteristic information of the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1, and detect the PDR of the multicast group 1 that matches the PDR. Ethernet multicast packets. The FAR associated with the PDR used to detect the Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group 1 is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group 1.
示例性地,SMF网元在UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则。或者又可以描述为,SMF网元生成UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则,SMF网元向UPF网元发送UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则和UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的标识。例如,SMF网元向UPF网元发送N4会话消息,N4会话消息包括UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则和UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的标识。UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则可以包括组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则。UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则包括组播组1的以太组播地址。Exemplarily, the SMF network element sets the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1. Or it can be described as, the SMF network element generates the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the SMF network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 and the N4 corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 to the UPF network element The ID of the session. For example, the SMF network element sends an N4 session message to the UPF network element, and the N4 session message includes the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 and the identifier of the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1. The second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include a routing rule for the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1. The second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1.
此外,在一些实施例中,SMF网元还可能在UPF网元设置UE1对应的第三处理规则,其中,第三处理规则包括组播组1的IP组播地址。UPF网元将第三处理规则中的组播组1的IP组播地址映射为组播组1的以太组播地址,得到UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则。In addition, in some embodiments, the SMF network element may also set a third processing rule corresponding to UE1 on the UPF network element, where the third processing rule includes the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1. The UPF network element maps the IP multicast address of multicast group 1 in the third processing rule to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1, and obtains the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
此外,在步骤1008a之后,SMF网元判断UPF网元是否为首次为组播组1服务,若是,则SMF网元更新所有UPF上5G LAN组1对应的组级别的N4会话中第二处理规则,以使其他UPF通过N19隧道发送组播组1的以太组播报文到此UPF。In addition, after step 1008a, the SMF network element judges whether the UPF network element is serving the multicast group 1 for the first time, and if so, the SMF network element updates the second processing rule in the group-level N4 session corresponding to the 5G LAN group 1 on all UPFs so that other UPFs can send the Ethernet multicast packets of multicast group 1 to this UPF through the N19 tunnel.
步骤1008b:SMF网元向UPF网元发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息指示UPF网元删除UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则。Step 1008b: the SMF network element sends fourth instruction information to the UPF network element, and the fourth instruction information instructs the UPF network element to delete the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
示例性地,SMF网元向UPF网元发送N4会话消息,N4会话消息指示UPF网元上删除UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则。Exemplarily, the SMF network element sends an N4 session message to the UPF network element, and the N4 session message instructs the UPF network element to delete the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
此外,在步骤1008b之后,SMF网元判断UPF网元是否为最后一个为组播组1服务的UPF网元,若是,则SMF网元删除所有UPF上5G LAN组1对应的组级别的N4会话中第二处理规则。In addition, after step 1008b, the SMF network element judges whether the UPF network element is the last UPF network element serving the multicast group 1, and if so, the SMF network element deletes all group-level N4 sessions corresponding to the 5G LAN group 1 on the UPF in the second processing rule.
通过上述方法,SMF网元可以在接收到UE1的以太PDU会话建立请求消息后,在该以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置第一处理规则。当IGMP报文用于UE1请求加入组播组1时,UPF网元接收包括IGMP报文的以太报文,并根据第一处理规则向SMF网元发送第一指示信息,SMF网元在接收到第一指示信息后,在该以太PDU会话的N4会话中设置第二处理规则。当IGMP报文用于UE1请求退出组播组1时,UPF网元接收包括IGMP报文的以太报文,并根据第一处理规则向SMF网元发送第三指示信息,SMF网元在接收到第三指示信息后,在该以太PDU会话的N4会话中删除第二处理规则。因此,能够实现UE1动态加入或者退出组播组1。Through the above method, after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message of UE1, the SMF network element can set the first processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session. When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to join multicast group 1, the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, and sends the first indication information to the SMF network element according to the first processing rule, and the SMF network element receives After the first indication information, a second processing rule is set in the N4 session of the Ethernet PDU session. When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to exit the multicast group 1, the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, and sends the third indication information to the SMF network element according to the first processing rule, and the SMF network element receives After the third indication information, the second processing rule is deleted in the N4 session of the Ethernet PDU session. Therefore, UE1 can dynamically join or exit multicast group 1 .
请参见图11,为本申请实施例提供的一种组播通信方法的流程示意图。其中,在图11所示实施例中,UE1可以是5G LAN组1中的任意一个终端设备,UE1可以加入一个或多个组播组。例如,假设5G LAN组1包括UE1~UE8,组播组1包括UE1~UE5,组播组2包括UE6~UE8。其中,组播组1和组播组2为以太类型的组播组。以下以UE1为例,说明UE1加入或退出以太类型的组播组的具体流程。Please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic flowchart of a multicast communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Wherein, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , UE1 can be any terminal device in 5G LAN group 1, and UE1 can join one or more multicast groups. For example, assume that 5G LAN group 1 includes UE1~UE8, multicast group 1 includes UE1~UE5, and multicast group 2 includes UE6~UE8. Among them, multicast group 1 and multicast group 2 are Ethernet multicast groups. The following uses UE1 as an example to illustrate the specific process of UE1 joining or exiting an Ethernet-type multicast group.
具体的,如图11所示的方法可以包括如下步骤:Specifically, the method shown in Figure 11 may include the following steps:
步骤1101至步骤1102可以参考上述步骤1001至步骤1002,重复之处不再赘述。For steps 1101 to 1102, reference may be made to the above steps 1001 to 1002, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
步骤1103:SMF网元获取接入控制信息。Step 1103: the SMF network element acquires access control information.
结合上述图10中的方式2至方式6,SMF网元可以获取接入控制信息。In combination with the manners 2 to 6 in FIG. 10 above, the SMF network element can obtain the access control information.
步骤1104:SMF网元在UPF网元设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则,并根据接入控制信息在UPF网元设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则,且UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则处于去激活态。Step 1104: The SMF network element sets the fifth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element, and sets the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the access control information, and the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 The sixth processing rule corresponding to the PDU session is in a deactivated state.
若SMF网元执行步骤1102,则SMF网元根据IGMP指示信息在UPF网元设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则。If the SMF network element executes step 1102, the SMF network element sets the fifth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the IGMP instruction information.
在一种实现方式中,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则可以包括第一PDR和与第一PDR关联的第一FAR,以及第二PDR和与第二PDR关联的第二FAR。其中,第一PDR用于UPF网元检测用于UE1请求加入以太类型的组播组的报文,与第一PDR关联的第一FAR用于指示UPF网元将UE1请求加入的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的 路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。第二PDR用于UPF网元检测用于UE1请求退出以太类型的组播组的报文,与第二PDR关联的第二FAR用于指示UPF网元将UE1请求退出的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为去激活态。In an implementation manner, the fifth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include a first PDR and a first FAR associated with the first PDR, and a second PDR and a second FAR associated with the second PDR. Among them, the first PDR is used by the UPF network element to detect the message for UE1 requesting to join the Ethernet type multicast group, and the first FAR associated with the first PDR is used to instruct the UPF network element to add the UE1 request to join the Ethernet type group The routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group is changed from the deactivated state to the activated state. The second PDR is used by the UPF network element to detect the message for UE1 requesting to exit the Ethernet-type multicast group, and the second FAR associated with the second PDR is used to instruct the UPF network element to request the UE1 to exit the Ethernet-type multicast group The routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet is set from the activated state to the deactivated state.
其中,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则可以包括接入控制信息指示的至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,且至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则均处于去激活状态。Wherein, the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of at least one Ethernet-type multicast group indicated by the access control information, and at least one Ethernet-type multicast group’s Ethernet The routing rules for multicast packets are all deactivated.
例如,接入控制信息包括ACL1[组播组1的ID,组播组1的组播地址,UE ID list(UE1 ID,UE2 ID,UE3 ID,UE4 ID,UE5 ID)],则UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则还可以包括组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则和状态指示信息,状态指示信息指示组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则为去激活态。或者,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则包括组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则和位图,该位图中与组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则对应的位设置为0,表示组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则为去激活态。For example, the access control information includes ACL1 [ID of multicast group 1, multicast address of multicast group 1, UE ID list (UE1 ID, UE2 ID, UE3 ID, UE4 ID, UE5 ID)], then UE1's Ethernet The sixth processing rule corresponding to the PDU session may also include routing rules and status indication information of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1, and the status indication information indicates that the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1 is in a deactivated state . Or, the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes the routing rule and bitmap of the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1, and the bitmap corresponds to the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1 If the bit of is set to 0, it indicates that the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of multicast group 1 is deactivated.
组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则的具体内容可以参考步骤1008a中关于UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则的具体内容的相关部分,重复之处不在赘述。For the specific content of the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1, please refer to the relevant part of the specific content of the second processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 in step 1008a, and the repetition will not be repeated.
可以理解的是,SMF网元可以向UPF网元同时发送UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则,或者分开发送UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则。例如,SMF网元向UPF网元发送N4会话消息,N4会话消息包括UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和第六处理规则。此外,N4会话消息还包括UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的标识。又例如,SMF网元向UPF网元发送第一N4会话消息,第一N4会话消息包括UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则,SMF网元还向UPF网元发送第二N4会话消息,第二N4会话消息包括UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则。此外,第一N4会话消息和第二N4会话消息还包括UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的标识。It can be understood that the SMF network element can send the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 to the UPF network element at the same time, or separately send the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 rule. For example, the SMF network element sends an N4 session message to the UPF network element, and the N4 session message includes the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1. In addition, the N4 session message also includes the identifier of the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1. For another example, the SMF network element sends the first N4 session message to the UPF network element, the first N4 session message includes the fifth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and the SMF network element also sends the second N4 session message to the UPF network element, The second N4 session message includes the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1. In addition, the first N4 session message and the second N4 session message also include the identifier of the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
可以理解的是,结合上述图10中的方式2至方式6,若IGMP指示信息指示组播组1中的组成员(即UE1至UE5)支持以太类型的组播,SMF网元根据5GLAN Group ID=1,DNN=1,S-NSSAI=1,PDU会话类型为以太,确定已存在UE2的以太PDU会话、UE3的以太PDU会话、UE4的以太PDU会话、UE5的以太PDU会话,则SMF网元还需在UE2的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置对应的第五处理规则和对应的第六处理规则(UE2的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则处于去激活态),以及在UE3的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置对应的第五处理规则和对应的第六处理规则(UE3的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则处于去激活态),在UE4的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置对应的第五处理规则和对应的第六处理规则(UE4的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则处于去激活态),在UE5的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置对应的第五处理规则和对应的第六处理规则(UE5的以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则处于去激活态)。具体设置方式可以参考步骤1103和步骤1104的相关描述,重复之处不在赘述。It can be understood that, in combination with modes 2 to 6 in Figure 10 above, if the IGMP indication information indicates that the group members in multicast group 1 (ie, UE1 to UE5) support Ethernet-type multicast, the SMF network element according to the 5GLAN Group ID =1, DNN=1, S-NSSAI=1, the PDU session type is Ethernet, and it is determined that the Ethernet PDU session of UE2, the Ethernet PDU session of UE3, the Ethernet PDU session of UE4, and the Ethernet PDU session of UE5 exist, then the SMF network element It is also necessary to set the corresponding fifth processing rule and the corresponding sixth processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE2 (the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE2 is deactivated), and the Ethernet PDU session of UE3 The corresponding fifth processing rule and the corresponding sixth processing rule are set in the N4 session corresponding to the PDU session (the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE3 is in the deactivated state), and in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE4 Set the corresponding fifth processing rule and the corresponding sixth processing rule (the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE4 is in the deactivated state), and set the corresponding fifth processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE5 and the corresponding sixth processing rule (the sixth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE5 is in a deactivated state). For the specific setting method, please refer to the related descriptions of step 1103 and step 1104, and the repeated parts will not be repeated.
步骤1105可以参考步骤1004,重复之处不再赘述。For step 1105, reference may be made to step 1004, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
步骤1106a:在IGMP报文用于UE1请求加入组播组1时,UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第一PDR匹配,则根据与第一PDR匹配的第一FAR将组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。Step 1106a: When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to join the multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the first PDR, and then sends the multicast message according to the first FAR that matches the first PDR. The routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of group 1 are set from the deactivated state to the activated state.
示例性地,在UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第一PDR匹配之后,UPF网元将组播组1的IP组播地址转换为组播组1的以太组播地址。可选的,若SMF网元还向UPF网元发送接入控制信息,UPF网元根据接入控制信息对UE1进行认证。例如,在IGMP报文指示UE1请求加入组播组1时,UPF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证通过,即UE1可以加入组播组1,UPF网元根据组播组1的以太组播地址索引到组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则,并根据与第一PDR匹配的第一FAR将组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。具体认证过程可以参考上述步骤1007a,重复之处不在赘述。Exemplarily, after the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the first PDR, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1. Optionally, if the SMF network element also sends access control information to the UPF network element, the UPF network element authenticates the UE1 according to the access control information. For example, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to join multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can join multicast group 1, and the UPF network element determines the Address index to the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1, and set the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1 from the deactivated state to the active state according to the first FAR matched with the first PDR . For the specific authentication process, reference may be made to the above step 1007a, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
步骤1106b:在IGMP报文用于UE1请求退出组播组1时,UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第二PDR匹配,则根据与第二PDR匹配的第二FAR将组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为去激活态。Step 1106b: When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to exit the multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the second PDR, and sends the multicast message according to the second FAR that matches the second PDR. The routing rules for the Ethernet multicast packets of group 1 are set from the activated state to the deactivated state.
示例性地,在UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第一PDR匹配之后,UPF网元将组播组1的IP组播地址转换为组播组1的以太组播地址。可选的,若SMF网元还向UPF网元发送接入控制信息,UPF网元根据接入控制信息对UE1进行认证。例如,在IGMP报文指示UE1请求退出组播组1时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证通过,即UE1可以退出组播组1,UPF网元根据组播组1的以太组播地址索引到组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则,以及根据与第二PDR匹配的第二FAR将组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为激活态。具体认证过程可以参考上述步骤1007a,重复之处不在赘述。Exemplarily, after the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the first PDR, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1. Optionally, if the SMF network element also sends access control information to the UPF network element, the UPF network element authenticates the UE1 according to the access control information. For example, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to withdraw from multicast group 1, the SMF network element determines that UE1 has passed the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can withdraw from multicast group 1, and the UPF network element determines the The address is indexed to the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group 1, and the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the multicast group 1 is set from an active state to an active state according to the second FAR matched with the second PDR. For the specific authentication process, reference may be made to the above step 1007a, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here.
其中,在上述步骤1106a和步骤1106b中,SMF网元向UPF网元发送接入控制信息具体可以参考上述图10所示实施例中的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述。Wherein, in the above step 1106a and step 1106b, the SMF network element sends the access control information to the UPF network element. For details, reference may be made to the relevant description in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , and repeated descriptions are omitted.
通过上述方法,SMF网元可以在接收到UE1的以太PDU会话建立请求消息后,在该以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置第五处理规则和第六处理规则。当IGMP报文用于UE1请求加入组播组1时,UPF网元接收包括IGMP报文的以太报文,并根据第五处理规则将组播组1的组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。当IGMP报文用于UE1请求退出组播组1时,UPF网元接收包括IGMP报文的以太报文,并根据第五处理规则将组播组1的组播报文的路由规则从激活态设置为去激活态。因此,能够实现UE1动态加入或者退出组播组1。Through the above method, after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message of UE1, the SMF network element can set the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session. When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to join the multicast group 1, the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, and deactivates the routing rule of the multicast message of the multicast group 1 according to the fifth processing rule state is set to active state. When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to leave the multicast group 1, the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, and changes the routing rule of the multicast message of the multicast group 1 from the active state according to the fifth processing rule. Set to deactivated state. Therefore, UE1 can dynamically join or exit multicast group 1 .
请参见图12,为本申请实施例提供的一种组播通信方法的流程示意图。其中,在图12所示实施例中,UE1可以是5G LAN组1中的任意一个终端设备,UE1可以加入一个或多个组播组。例如,假设5G LAN组1包括UE1~UE8,组播组1包括UE1~UE5,组播组2包括UE6~UE8。其中,组播组1和组播组2为以太类型的组播组。以下以UE1为例,说明UE1加入或退出以太类型的组播组的具体流程。Please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a schematic flowchart of a multicast communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Wherein, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, UE1 may be any terminal device in 5G LAN group 1, and UE1 may join one or more multicast groups. For example, assume that 5G LAN group 1 includes UE1~UE8, multicast group 1 includes UE1~UE5, and multicast group 2 includes UE6~UE8. Among them, multicast group 1 and multicast group 2 are Ethernet multicast groups. The following uses UE1 as an example to illustrate the specific process of UE1 joining or exiting an Ethernet-type multicast group.
具体的,如图12所示的方法可以包括如下步骤:Specifically, the method shown in Figure 12 may include the following steps:
步骤1201至步骤1202可以参考上述步骤1001至步骤1002,重复之处不再赘述。For steps 1201 to 1202, reference may be made to the above steps 1001 to 1002, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
步骤1203:SMF网元在UPF网元设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则。Step 1203: The SMF network element sets the third processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element.
若SMF网元执行步骤1202,则SMF网元根据IGMP指示信息在UPF网元设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则。If the SMF network element executes step 1202, the SMF network element sets the third processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the IGMP instruction information.
示例性地,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则可以包括第三报文检测规则和第三报文处理规则,第三报文检测规则可以为用于检测包括IGMP报文的以太报文的PDR, 第三报文处理规则用于UPF网元管理UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第四处理规则。Exemplarily, the third processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 may include a third packet detection rule and a third packet processing rule, and the third packet detection rule may be used to detect Ethernet packets including IGMP packets PDR, the third packet processing rule is used by the UPF network element to manage the fourth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1.
示例性地,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第四处理规则包括与检测到的包括IGMP报文的以太报文关联的组播组的以太组播地址对应的MAC地址转发表,或者与检测到的包括IGMP报文的以太报文关联的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则。Exemplarily, the fourth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 includes the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group associated with the detected Ethernet message including the IGMP message, or the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the detected Including the routing rules for the Ethernet multicast packets of the multicast group associated with the Ethernet packets of the IGMP packets.
此外,需要说明的是,若SMF网元执行步骤1202,则SMF网元根据IGMP指示信息在UPF网元设置UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则。In addition, it should be noted that if the SMF network element executes step 1202, the SMF network element sets the third processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 on the UPF network element according to the IGMP instruction information.
步骤1204可以参考步骤1004,重复之处不再赘述。For step 1204, reference may be made to step 1004, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
步骤1205a:在IGMP报文用于UE1请求加入组播组1时,UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第三报文检测规则匹配,则根据第三报文处理规则创建组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则。Step 1205a: When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to join the multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the third message detection rule, and then creates a multicast according to the third message processing rule Routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of group 1.
示例性地,在UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第三报文检测规则匹配之后,UPF网元将组播组1的IP组播地址转换为组播组1的以太组播地址。可选的,若SMF网元还向UPF网元发送接入控制信息,UPF网元根据接入控制信息对UE1进行认证。例如,在IGMP报文指示UE1请求加入组播组1时,UPF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证通过,即UE1可以加入组播组1。具体认证过程可以参考上述步骤1007a,重复之处不在赘述。UPF网元根据第三报文处理规则在UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中创建组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则。Exemplarily, after the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet packet including the IGMP packet matches the third packet detection rule, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1 address. Optionally, if the SMF network element also sends access control information to the UPF network element, the UPF network element authenticates the UE1 according to the access control information. For example, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to join multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that UE1 passes the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can join multicast group 1. For the specific authentication process, reference may be made to the above step 1007a, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here. The UPF network element creates a routing rule for the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1 in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of the UE1 according to the third message processing rule.
步骤1205b:在IGMP报文用于UE1请求退出组播组1时,UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第三报文检测规则匹配,则根据第三报文处理规则删除组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则。Step 1205b: When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to exit the multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the third message detection rule, and deletes the multicast message according to the third message processing rule Routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of group 1.
示例性地,在UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第三报文检测规则匹配之后,UPF网元将组播组1的IP组播地址转换为组播组1的以太组播地址。可选的,若SMF网元还向UPF网元发送接入控制信息,UPF网元根据接入控制信息对UE1进行认证。例如,在IGMP报文指示UE1请求退出组播组1时,SMF网元根据接入控制信息确定UE1认证通过,即UE1可以退出组播组1。具体认证过程可以参考上述步骤1007a,重复之处不在赘述。UPF网元根据组播组1的以太组播地址在UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中索引到组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则,并删除组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则。Exemplarily, after the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet packet including the IGMP packet matches the third packet detection rule, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1 address. Optionally, if the SMF network element also sends access control information to the UPF network element, the UPF network element authenticates the UE1 according to the access control information. For example, when the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to exit multicast group 1, the SMF network element determines that UE1 passes the authentication according to the access control information, that is, UE1 can exit multicast group 1. For the specific authentication process, reference may be made to the above step 1007a, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated here. According to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1, the UPF network element indexes the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of multicast group 1 in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, and deletes the Ethernet multicast packets of multicast group 1. Packet routing rules.
其中,在上述步骤1205a和步骤1205b中,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第四处理规则为组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则,此外,SMF网元向UPF网元发送接入控制信息具体可以参考上述图7所示实施例中的相关描述,重复之处不再赘述。Among them, in the above step 1205a and step 1205b, the fourth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1, and in addition, the SMF network element sends the access control to the UPF network element For details of the information, reference may be made to relevant descriptions in the above embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
步骤1205c:在IGMP报文用于UE1请求退出或加入组播组1时,UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第三报文检测规则匹配,则根据第三报文处理规则更新组播组1的以太组播地址对应的MAC地址转发表。Step 1205c: When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to exit or join multicast group 1, the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the third message detection rule, and then updates according to the third message processing rule MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1.
示例性地,在UPF网元确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第三报文检测规则匹配之后,UPF网元将组播组1的IP组播地址转换为组播组1的以太组播地址。Exemplarily, after the UPF network element determines that the Ethernet packet including the IGMP packet matches the third packet detection rule, the UPF network element converts the IP multicast address of the multicast group 1 into the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1 address.
若IGMP报文指示UE1请求退出组播组1时,在UE1认证通过后,UPF网元根据组播组1的以太组播地址更新组播组1的以太组播地址对应的MAC地址转发表,即在该MAC地址转发表中删除组播组1的组播地址和UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的对应关系。若该MAC地址转发表仅包括组播组1的组播地址和UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的对应关系,则UPF删除该MAC地址转发表。If the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to leave multicast group 1, after UE1 passes the authentication, the UPF network element updates the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1 according to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1, That is, the correspondence between the multicast address of the multicast group 1 and the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is deleted in the MAC address forwarding table. If the MAC address forwarding table only includes the correspondence between the multicast address of multicast group 1 and the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1, the UPF deletes the MAC address forwarding table.
若IGMP报文指示UE1请求加入组播组1时,在UE1认证通过后,UPF网元根据组播组1的以太组播地址更新组播组1的以太组播地址对应的MAC地址转发表,即在该MAC地址转发表中创建组播组1的组播地址和UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的对应关系。若UPF网元未保存该MAC地址转发表,则UPF网元创建MAC地址转发表,并在该MAC地址转发表中添加组播组1的组播地址和UE1的以太PDU会话对应的N4会话的对应关系。If the IGMP message indicates that UE1 requests to join multicast group 1, after UE1 passes the authentication, the UPF network element updates the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1 according to the Ethernet multicast address of multicast group 1, That is, a corresponding relationship between the multicast address of the multicast group 1 and the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is established in the MAC address forwarding table. If the UPF network element does not save the MAC address forwarding table, the UPF network element creates a MAC address forwarding table, and adds the multicast address of the multicast group 1 and the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 to the MAC address forwarding table. corresponding relationship.
步骤1205c中UE1的具体认证过程可以参考上述步骤1205a和步骤1205b,重复之处不再赘述。For the specific authentication process of UE1 in step 1205c, reference may be made to the above step 1205a and step 1205b, and repeated descriptions will not be repeated.
其中,在上述步骤1205c中,UE1的以太PDU会话对应的第四处理规则为组播组1的以太组播地址对应的MAC地址转发表。Wherein, in the above step 1205c, the fourth processing rule corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session of UE1 is the MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group 1 .
通过上述方法,SMF网元可以在接收到UE1的以太PDU会话建立请求消息后,在该以太PDU会话对应的N4会话中设置第三处理规则,UPF网元接收包括IGMP报文的以太报文,确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第三报文检测规则匹配,当IGMP报文用于UE1请求加入组播组1时,UPF网元根据第三报文处理规则创建组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则。当IGMP报文用于UE1请求退出组播组1时,UPF网元根据第三报文处理规则删除组播组1的以太组播报文的路由规则。或者,UPF网元接收包括IGMP报文的以太报文,确定包括IGMP报文的以太报文与第三报文检测规则匹配,UPF网元根据第三报文处理规则更新组播组1的以太组播地址对应的MAC地址转发表。因此,能够实现UE1动态加入或者退出组播组1。Through the above method, after receiving the Ethernet PDU session establishment request message of UE1, the SMF network element can set the third processing rule in the N4 session corresponding to the Ethernet PDU session, and the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, Determine that the Ethernet packet including the IGMP packet matches the third packet detection rule. When the IGMP packet is used for UE1 to request to join multicast group 1, the UPF network element creates the Ethernet packet of multicast group 1 according to the third packet processing rule. Routing rules for multicast packets. When the IGMP message is used by UE1 to request to leave the multicast group 1, the UPF network element deletes the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast message of the multicast group 1 according to the third message processing rule. Or, the UPF network element receives the Ethernet message including the IGMP message, determines that the Ethernet message including the IGMP message matches the third message detection rule, and the UPF network element updates the Ethernet message of the multicast group 1 according to the third message processing rule. MAC address forwarding table corresponding to the multicast address. Therefore, UE1 can dynamically join or exit multicast group 1 .
图13示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的一种装置的可能的示例性框图,该装置1300包括:收发模块1310和处理模块1320,收发模块1310可以包括接收单元和发送单元。处理模块1320用于对装置1300的动作进行控制管理。收发模块1310用于支持装置1300与其他网络实体的通信。可选地,装置1300还可以包括存储单元,所述存储单元用于存储装置1300的程序代码和数据。Fig. 13 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of an apparatus involved in the embodiment of the present application. The apparatus 1300 includes: a transceiver module 1310 and a processing module 1320, and the transceiver module 1310 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit. The processing module 1320 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 1300 . The transceiver module 1310 is used to support the communication between the apparatus 1300 and other network entities. Optionally, the device 1300 may further include a storage unit for storing program codes and data of the device 1300 .
可选地,所述装置1300中各个模块可以是通过软件来实现。Optionally, each module in the apparatus 1300 may be implemented by software.
可选地,处理模块1320可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP),专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuits,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请实施例公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。收发模块1310可以是通信接口、收发器或收发电路等,其中,该通信接口是统称,在具体实现中,该通信接口可以包括多个接口,存储单元可以是存储器。Optionally, the processing module 1320 may be a processor or a controller, such as a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuits, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It can realize or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosed content of the embodiments of the present application. The processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and a microprocessor, and so on. The transceiver module 1310 may be a communication interface, a transceiver or a transceiver circuit, etc., wherein the communication interface is collectively referred to as, in a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces, and the storage unit may be a memory.
当装置1300为会话管理网元或会话管理网元中的芯片时,装置1300中的处理模块1320可以支持装置1300执行上文中各方法示例中会话管理网元的动作,例如处理模块1320可以支持装置1300执行图10中的步骤1002,步骤1006a,步骤1007a,步骤1006b,步骤1007b。When the device 1300 is a session management network element or a chip in a session management network element, the processing module 1320 in the device 1300 can support the device 1300 to perform the actions of the session management network element in each method example above, for example, the processing module 1320 can support the device 1300 Execute step 1002, step 1006a, step 1007a, step 1006b, and step 1007b in FIG. 10 .
收发模块1310可以支持装置1300与用户面网元或终端设备之间的通信,例如,收发 模块1310可以支持装置1300执行图7中的步骤700,步骤710,步骤730,步骤740,图10中的步骤1001,步骤1003,步骤1005a,步骤1005b,步骤1008a,步骤1008b。The transceiver module 1310 can support the communication between the device 1300 and the user plane network element or terminal equipment. For example, the transceiver module 1310 can support the device 1300 to execute step 700, step 710, step 730, step 740 in FIG. Step 1001, step 1003, step 1005a, step 1005b, step 1008a, step 1008b.
例如,可以如下:For example, it could be as follows:
在一种实现方式中,所述装置1300包括:In an implementation manner, the device 1300 includes:
所述收发模块1310调用所述处理模块1320执行:从第一终端设备接收以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,所述第一处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收到的第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,所述第一报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第一报文处理规则用于指示向所述会话管理网元报告检测到的所述第一类型的报文。The transceiver module 1310 invokes the processing module 1320 to execute: receiving an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, the Ethernet PDU session establishment message being used to request establishment of a first Ethernet PDU session; sending the The first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session, the first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the first type The message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the Ethernet-type multicast group, and the first processing rule includes a first message detection rule and a first message processing rule, and the first message detection rule A rule is used to detect the first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to instruct to report the detected first type of packet to the session management network element.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的装置1300可对应于前述方法实施例中会话管理网元,并且装置1300中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例中会话管理网元的方法的相应步骤,因此也可以实现前述方法实施例中的有益效果,为了简洁,这里不作赘述。It should be understood that the device 1300 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the session management network element in the foregoing method embodiments, and the operations and/or functions of the various modules in the device 1300 are to implement the session management network element in the foregoing method embodiments. The corresponding steps of the method can therefore also achieve the beneficial effects of the foregoing method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here.
当装置1300为用户面网元或用户面网元中的芯片时,装置1300中的处理模块1320可以支持装置1300执行上文中各方法示例中用户面网元的动作。When the device 1300 is a user plane network element or a chip in the user plane network element, the processing module 1320 in the device 1300 can support the device 1300 to execute the actions of the user plane network element in the above method examples.
收发模块1310可以支持装置1300与终端设备或会话管理网元之间的通信,例如,收发模块1310可以支持装置1300执行图7中的步骤710,步骤720,步骤730,步骤740,图10中的步骤1003,步骤1005a,步骤1005b,步骤1008a,步骤1008b。The transceiver module 1310 may support the communication between the apparatus 1300 and the terminal equipment or the session management network element. For example, the transceiver module 1310 may support the apparatus 1300 to execute step 710, step 720, step 730, step 740 in FIG. Step 1003, step 1005a, step 1005b, step 1008a, step 1008b.
例如,可以如下:For example, it could be as follows:
在一种实现方式,所述收发模块1310用于:从会话管理功能网元接收第一以太PDU会话的第一处理规则,所述第一以太PDU会话为第一终端设备请求建立的以太PDU会话,所述第一处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,所述第一报文检测规则用于检测第一类型的报文,所述第一报文处理规则用于向所述会话管理网元报告检测到的所述第一类型的报文;从所述第一终端设备接收第一报文,所述第一报文指示所述第一终端设备请求加入第一组播组,所述第一报文为所述第一类型的报文,所述第一组播组为所述以太类型的组播组;In an implementation manner, the transceiver module 1310 is configured to: receive the first processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element, and the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by the first terminal device to be established , the first processing rule is used by the user plane network element to process a first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the first type of message is used by the first terminal device to request to join Or exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, the first processing rule includes a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, and the first packet detection rule is used to detect a first type of packet, and the The first packet processing rule is used to report the detected packet of the first type to the session management network element; receive a first packet from the first terminal device, and the first packet indicates the The first terminal device requests to join a first multicast group, the first message is a message of the first type, and the first multicast group is a multicast group of the Ethernet type;
所述处理模块1320用于确定所述第一报文与所述第一报文检测规则匹配,根据所述第一报文处理规则控制所述收发模块1310向所述会话管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一报文或根据所述第一报文生成的N4报告。The processing module 1320 is configured to determine that the first packet matches the first packet detection rule, and control the transceiver module 1310 to send the first packet to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule. Indication information, where the first indication information includes the first message or the N4 report generated according to the first message.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的装置1300可对应于前述方法实施例中用户面网元的方法,并且装置1300中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现前述方法实施例中用户面网元的方法的相应步骤,因此也可以实现前述方法实施例中的有益效果,为了简洁,这里不作赘述。It should be understood that the device 1300 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the method of the user plane network element in the foregoing method embodiments, and the operations and/or functions of each module in the device 1300 are to realize the user plane network elements in the foregoing method embodiments respectively. Therefore, the beneficial effects in the foregoing method embodiments can also be achieved, and for the sake of brevity, details are not described here.
图14示出了根据本申请实施例的通信装置1400的示意性结构图。如图14所示,所述装置1400包括:处理器1401。Fig. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1400 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14 , the apparatus 1400 includes: a processor 1401 .
当装置1400为会话管理功能网元或会话管理功能网元中的芯片时,一种可能的实现方 式中,当所述处理器1401用于调用接口执行以下动作:When the device 1400 is a session management function network element or a chip in a session management function network element, in a possible implementation manner, when the processor 1401 is used to call an interface to perform the following actions:
从第一终端设备接收以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,所述第一处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收到的第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,所述第一报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第一报文处理规则用于指示向所述会话管理网元报告检测到的所述第一类型的报文。Receive an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, where the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of a first Ethernet PDU session; send the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to a user plane network element, so The first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the first type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join Or exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, the first processing rule includes a first message detection rule and a first message processing rule, and the first message detection rule is used to detect the first type of message, The first packet processing rule is used to instruct to report the detected packet of the first type to the session management network element.
应理解,所述装置1400还可用于执行前文实施例中会话管理功能网元侧的其他步骤和/或操作,为了简洁,这里不作赘述。It should be understood that the apparatus 1400 may also be used to perform other steps and/or operations on the network element side of the session management function in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described here for brevity.
当装置1400为用户面网元或用户面网元中的芯片时,一种可能的实现方式中,当所述处理器1401用于调用接口执行以下动作:When the device 1400 is a user plane network element or a chip in a user plane network element, in a possible implementation, when the processor 1401 is used to call an interface to perform the following actions:
从会话管理功能网元接收第一以太PDU会话的第一处理规则,所述第一以太PDU会话为第一终端设备请求建立的以太PDU会话,所述第一处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,所述第一报文检测规则用于检测第一类型的报文,所述第一报文处理规则用于向所述会话管理网元报告检测到的所述第一类型的报文;从所述第一终端设备接收第一报文,所述第一报文指示所述第一终端设备请求加入第一组播组,所述第一报文为所述第一类型的报文,所述第一组播组为所述以太类型的组播组;确定所述第一报文与所述第一报文检测规则匹配,根据所述第一报文处理规则向所述会话管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一报文或根据所述第一报文生成的N4报告。Receive a first processing rule for a first Ethernet PDU session from a session management function network element, the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by a first terminal device, and the first processing rule is used for the user plane network Meta-processing the first type of message received from the first terminal device, the first type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the Ethernet type multicast group, the first processing The rules include a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, the first packet detection rule is used to detect a first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to report to the session management network The first type of message detected by meta-reporting; receiving a first message from the first terminal device, the first message indicating that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group, the The first message is a message of the first type, and the first multicast group is a multicast group of the Ethernet type; it is determined that the first message matches the first message detection rule, according to The first packet processing rule sends first indication information to the session management function network element, where the first indication information includes the first packet or an N4 report generated according to the first packet.
应理解,所述装置1400还可用于执行前文实施例中用户面网元侧的其他步骤和/或操作,为了简洁,这里不作赘述。It should be understood that the apparatus 1400 may also be used to perform other steps and/or operations on the user plane network element side in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described here for brevity.
应理解,所述处理器1401可以调用接口执行上述收发动作,其中,调用的接口可以是逻辑接口或物理接口,对此不作限定。可选地,物理接口可以通过收发器实现。可选地,所述装置1400还包括收发器1403。It should be understood that the processor 1401 may call an interface to perform the above sending and receiving action, where the called interface may be a logical interface or a physical interface, which is not limited thereto. Optionally, the physical interface can be implemented through a transceiver. Optionally, the apparatus 1400 further includes a transceiver 1403 .
可选地,所述装置1400还包括存储器1402,存储器1402中可以存储上述方法实施例中的程序代码,以便于处理器1401调用。Optionally, the apparatus 1400 further includes a memory 1402, and the memory 1402 may store the program codes in the foregoing method embodiments, so as to be called by the processor 1401.
具体地,若所述装置1400包括处理器1401、存储器1402和收发器1403,则处理器1401、存储器1402和收发器1403之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号。在一个可能的设计中,处理器1401、存储器1402和收发器1403可以通过芯片实现,处理器1401、存储器1402和收发器1403可以是在同一个芯片中实现,也可能分别在不同的芯片实现,或者其中任意两个功能组合在一个芯片中实现。该存储器1402可以存储程序代码,处理器1401调用存储器1402存储的程序代码,以实现装置1400的相应功能。Specifically, if the apparatus 1400 includes a processor 1401, a memory 1402, and a transceiver 1403, the processor 1401, the memory 1402, and the transceiver 1403 communicate with each other through an internal connection path to transmit control and/or data signals. In a possible design, the processor 1401, the memory 1402, and the transceiver 1403 may be implemented by a chip, and the processor 1401, the memory 1402, and the transceiver 1403 may be implemented in the same chip, or may be implemented in different chips respectively, Or a combination of any two of these functions can be implemented in one chip. The memory 1402 may store program codes, and the processor 1401 calls the program codes stored in the memory 1402 to implement corresponding functions of the apparatus 1400 .
上述本申请实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器中,或者由处理器实现。处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者 其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是中央处理器(central processor unit,CPU),还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)或其他集成芯片。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The methods disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may be applied to, or implemented by, a processor. A processor may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other available Programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, system on chip (system on chip, SoC), central processor unit (central processor unit, CPU), or network processor (network processor, NP), can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), can also be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU), can also be a programmable controller (programmable logic device, PLD) or other Integrated chip. Various methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,编号“第一”、“第二”…仅仅为了区分不同的对象,比如为了区分不同的参数信息或者消息,并不对本申请实施例的范围构成限制,本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be understood that in this embodiment of the application, the numbers "first", "second"... are only used to distinguish different objects, such as different parameter information or messages, and do not limit the scope of this embodiment of the application. The application embodiments are not limited thereto.
还应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。上述各个过程涉及的各种数字编号或序号仅为描述方便进行的区分,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic. The various numerical numbers or serial numbers involved in the above-mentioned various processes are only for convenience of description, and shall not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should also be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, and A and B exist simultaneously. B, there are three situations of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
本申请中出现的类似于“项目包括如下中的一项或多项:A,B,以及C”表述的含义,如无特别说明,通常是指该项目可以为如下中任一个:A;B;C;A和B;A和C;B和C;A,B和C;A和A;A,A和A;A,A和B;A,A和C,A,B和B;A,C和C;B和B,B,B和B,B,B和C,C和C;C,C和C,以及其他A,B和C的组合。以上是以A,B和C共3个元素进行举例来说明该项目的可选用条目,当表达为“项目包括如下中至少一种:A,B,……,以及X”时,即表达中具有更多元素时,那么该项目可以适用的条目也可以按照前述规则获得。The meaning of the expression similar to "the item includes one or more of the following: A, B, and C" appearing in this application, unless otherwise specified, usually means that the item can be any of the following: A; B ;C;A and B;A and C;B and C;A,B and C;A and A;A,A and A;A,A and B;A,A and C,A,B and B;A , C and C; B and B, B, B and B, B, B and C, C and C; C, C and C, and other combinations of A, B and C. The above is an example of the three elements of A, B and C to illustrate the optional items of the project. When the expression is "the project includes at least one of the following: A, B, ..., and X", it is in the expression When there are more elements, then the applicable entries for this item can also be obtained according to the aforementioned rules.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及 算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器ROM、随机存取存储器RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory ROM, random access memory RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk, and other media capable of storing program codes.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (31)

  1. 一种组播通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    会话管理网元接收来自第一终端设备的以太协议数据单元PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;The session management network element receives an Ethernet protocol data unit PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, and the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session;
    所述会话管理网元向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,所述第一处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收到的第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,所述第一报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第一报文处理规则用于指示向所述会话管理网元报告检测到的所述第一类型的报文。The session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the A message of the first type received, the message of the first type is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, and the first processing rule includes a first message detection rule and A first packet processing rule, where the first packet detection rule is used to detect the first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to instruct to report all detected packets to the session management network element The first type of message described above.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一报文检测规则包括以下一项或多项:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first message detection rule includes one or more of the following:
    互联网协议IP报文过滤器,用于指示所述用户面网元检测所述第一类型的报文的指示信息,或者内嵌IP报文过滤器的以太报文过滤器。An Internet Protocol IP packet filter, used to instruct the user plane network element to detect the indication information of the first type of packet, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising:
    所述会话管理网元接收来自所述用户面网元的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括第一报文或根据第一报文生成的N4报告,所述第一报文指示所述第一终端设备请求加入第一组播组,所述第一报文为所述第一类型的报文,所述第一组播组为所述以太类型的组播组;The session management network element receives first indication information from the user plane network element, where the first indication information includes a first message or an N4 report generated according to the first message, and the first message indicates that the The first terminal device requests to join a first multicast group, the first message is a message of the first type, and the first multicast group is a multicast group of the Ethernet type;
    所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则,所述第二处理规则为所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则;The session management network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the second processing rule is the routing of the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group rule;
    所述第二处理规则包括第二报文检测规则和第二报文处理规则,所述第二报文检测规则用于检测所述第一组播组的以太组播报文,所述第二报文处理规则用于控制所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的转发。The second processing rule includes a second packet detection rule and a second packet processing rule, the second packet detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and the second The packet processing rule is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast packets of the first multicast group.
  4. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则之前,还包括:The method according to claim 3, further comprising: before the session management network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element:
    所述会话管理网元获取所述第一终端设备允许加入的一个或多个以太类型的组播组的组播地址;The session management network element acquires the multicast addresses of one or more Ethernet-type multicast groups that the first terminal device is allowed to join;
    所述会话管理网元确定所述第一终端设备允许加入的一个或多个以太类型的组播组的组播地址包括所述第一组播组的组播地址;The session management network element determines that the multicast addresses of one or more Ethernet-type multicast groups that the first terminal device is allowed to join include the multicast address of the first multicast group;
    所述会话管理网元生成所述第二处理规则。The session management network element generates the second processing rule.
  5. 如权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则之前,还包括:The method according to claim 3, further comprising: before the session management network element sends the second processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element:
    所述会话管理网元获取至少一个组播组的信息,每个组播组的信息包括至少一个终端设备的标识;The session management network element obtains information of at least one multicast group, and the information of each multicast group includes an identifier of at least one terminal device;
    所述会话管理网元确定所述至少一个组播组包括所述第一组播组,且所述第一组播组的信息包括所述第一终端设备的标识;The session management network element determines that the at least one multicast group includes the first multicast group, and the information of the first multicast group includes the identifier of the first terminal device;
    所述会话管理网元生成所述第二处理规则。The session management network element generates the second processing rule.
  6. 如权利要求3-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一 组播组的IP组播地址;The method according to any one of claims 3-5, wherein the first indication information includes the IP multicast address of the first multicast group;
    所述方法,还包括:The method also includes:
    所述会话管理网元将所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址。The session management network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  7. 如权利要求3-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一指示信息为根据所述第一报文生成的N4报告时,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一组播组的以太组播地址。The method according to any one of claims 3-5, wherein when the first indication information is an N4 report generated according to the first message, the first indication information includes the first Ethernet multicast address of the multicast group.
  8. 如权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 7, further comprising:
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述用户面网元发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元将根据所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文获取的IP组播地址映射为以太组播地址。The session management function network element sends second indication information to the user plane network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the user plane network element will The acquired IP multicast address is mapped to an Ethernet multicast address.
  9. 如权利要求3-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3-8, further comprising:
    所述会话管理网元接收来自所述用户面网元的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括第二报文或根据第二报文生成的N4报告,所述第二报文指示所述第一终端设备请求退出所述第一组播组,所述第二报文为所述第一类型的报文;The session management network element receives third indication information from the user plane network element, where the third indication information includes a second message or an N4 report generated according to the second message, and the second message indicates that the The first terminal device requests to exit the first multicast group, and the second message is a message of the first type;
    所述会话管理网元向所述用户面网元发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元删除所述第二处理规则。The session management network element sends fourth indication information to the user plane network element, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule.
  10. 如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-9, further comprising:
    所述会话管理网元获取第五指示信息,所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备支持组播管理协议;The session management network element acquires fifth indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate that the first terminal device supports a multicast management protocol;
    所述会话管理网元向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,包括:The session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, including:
    所述会话管理网元根据所述第五指示信息向所述用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则。The session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element according to the fifth indication information.
  11. 如权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理网元获取第五指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the acquisition of the fifth indication information by the session management network element comprises:
    所述会话管理网元从所述第一终端设备获取所述第五指示信息;The session management network element acquires the fifth indication information from the first terminal device;
    或者,所述会话管理网元从统一数据管理网元或策略控制功能网元或数据网络认证、授权、计费服务器获取所述第五指示信息。Alternatively, the session management network element acquires the fifth indication information from a unified data management network element or a policy control function network element or a data network authentication, authorization, and accounting server.
  12. 如权利要求1-11任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类型的报文包括网路群组管理协议IGMP报文,或者,组播侦听发现协议MLD报文。The method according to any one of claims 1-11, wherein the first type of message includes an Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP message, or a Multicast Listener Discovery Protocol MLD message.
  13. 一种组播通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    用户面网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一以太PDU会话的第一处理规则,所述第一以太PDU会话为第一终端设备请求建立的以太PDU会话,所述第一处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,所述第一报文检测规则用于检测第一类型的报文,所述第一报文处理规则用于向所述会话管理网元报告检测到的所述第一类型的报文;The user plane network element receives the first processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element, the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by the first terminal device, and the first processing rule is used for The user plane network element processes the first type of message received from the first terminal device, and the first type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit an Ethernet type multicast group, The first processing rule includes a first packet detection rule and a first packet processing rule, the first packet detection rule is used to detect a first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to The session management network element reports the detected packet of the first type;
    所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一报文;The user plane network element receives the first packet from the first terminal device;
    所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第一报文检测规则匹配,根据所述第一报文处理规则向所述会话管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一报 文或根据所述第一报文生成的N4报告。The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the first packet detection rule, and sends first indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule, and the first The indication information includes the first message or the N4 report generated according to the first message.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第一报文检测规则匹配,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the first packet detection rule, comprising:
    所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文为所述第一类型的报文;且所述第一报文包括所述第一终端设备请求加入第一组播组的指示;其中,所述第一组播组为所述以太类型的组播组。The user plane network element determines that the first message is the first type of message; and the first message includes an indication that the first terminal device requests to join the first multicast group; wherein, the The first multicast group is the multicast group of the Ethernet type.
  15. 如权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一报文生成的N4报告包括所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the N4 report generated according to the first message includes the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述用户面网元将从所述第一报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址。The user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group acquired from the first message to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 15, further comprising:
    所述用户面网元接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述用户面网元将根据所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文获取的IP组播地址映射为以太组播地址。The user plane network element receives second indication information from the session management function network element, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the user plane network element will The IP multicast address obtained from the document is mapped to an Ethernet multicast address.
  17. 如权利要求13-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13-16, further comprising:
    在所述用户面网元向所述会话管理功能网元发送所述第一指示信息之后,所述用户面网元接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第二处理规则;After the user plane network element sends the first indication information to the session management function network element, the user plane network element receives the first Ethernet PDU session corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU from the session management function network element 2. Handling rules;
    其中,所述第二处理规则为所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,所述第二处理规则包括第二报文检测规则和第二报文处理规则,所述第二报文检测规则用于检测所述第一组播组的以太组播报文,所述第二报文处理规则用于控制所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的转发。Wherein, the second processing rule is the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group, and the second processing rule includes a second packet detection rule and a second packet processing rule, and the first The second message detection rule is used to detect the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group, and the second message processing rule is used to control the forwarding of the Ethernet multicast message of the first multicast group.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 17, further comprising:
    所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第二报文,所述第二报文指示所述第一终端设备请求退出第一组播组,所述第二报文为所述第一类型的报文;The user plane network element receives a second message from the first terminal device, the second message indicates that the first terminal device requests to withdraw from the first multicast group, and the second message is the the first type of message;
    所述用户面网元确定所述第二报文与所述第一报文检测规则匹配,根据所述第一报文处理规则向所述会话管理功能网元发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括所述第二报文或根据所述第二报文生成的N4报告。The user plane network element determines that the second packet matches the first packet detection rule, and sends third indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule, and the first packet detection rule The third indication information includes the second message or the N4 report generated according to the second message.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二报文生成的N4报告包括所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;The method according to claim 18, wherein the N4 report generated according to the second message includes the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述用户面网元将从所述第二报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址。The user plane network element maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group acquired from the second message to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  20. 如权利要求18或19所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 18 or 19, further comprising:
    在所述用户面网元向所述会话管理功能网元发送所述根据所述第二报文生成的N4报告之后,所述用户面网元接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息指示所述用户面网元删除所述第二处理规则。After the user plane network element sends the N4 report generated according to the second packet to the session management function network element, the user plane network element receives a fourth indication from the session management function network element information, the fourth indication information instructs the user plane network element to delete the second processing rule.
  21. 如权利要求13-20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一报文检测规则包括以下一项或多项:The method according to any one of claims 13-20, wherein the first message detection rule includes one or more of the following:
    IP报文过滤器,用于指示所述用户面网元检测所述第一类型的报文的指示信息,或者 内嵌IP报文过滤器的以太报文过滤器。An IP packet filter, used to instruct the user plane network element to detect the indication information of the first type of packet, or an Ethernet packet filter embedded with an IP packet filter.
  22. 如权利要求16-21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一类型的报文包括IGMP报文,或者MLD报文。The method according to any one of claims 16-21, wherein the first type of message includes an IGMP message or an MLD message.
  23. 一种组播通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    会话管理网元接收来自第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;The session management network element receives an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, where the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session;
    所述会话管理网向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则;所述第三处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,所述第三处理规则包括第三报文检测规则和第三报文处理规则,所述第三报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第三报文处理规则用于管理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的第四处理规则,所述第四处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文。The session management network sends the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element; the third processing rule is used for the user plane network element to process the first Ethernet PDU received from the first terminal device A type of message, the third processing rule includes a third message detection rule and a third message processing rule, the third message detection rule is used to detect the first type of message, the first A type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit an Ethernet type multicast group, and the third message processing rule is used to manage the association with the detected first type of message A fourth processing rule, the fourth processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the Ethernet multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected packet of the first type .
  24. 一种组播通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    用户面网元接收来自会话管理网元的第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则,所述第一以太PDU会话为第一终端设备请求建立的以太PDU会话;所述第三处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,所述第三处理规则包括第三报文检测规则和第三报文处理规则,所述第三报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第三报文处理规则用于管理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的第四处理规则,所述第四处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文;The user plane network element receives a third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management network element, and the first Ethernet PDU session is an Ethernet PDU session requested by the first terminal device to be established; the third processing rule is used for The user plane network element processes the first type of packet received from the first terminal device, the third processing rule includes a third packet detection rule and a third packet processing rule, and the third packet A detection rule is used to detect the first type of message, and the third message processing rule is used to manage a fourth processing rule associated with the detected first type of message, and the fourth The processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the Ethernet multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected packet of the first type;
    所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一报文;The user plane network element receives the first packet from the first terminal device;
    所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第三报文检测规则匹配,将从所述第一报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the third packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group;
    所述用户面网元根据所述第三报文处理规则和所述第一组播组的以太组播地址管理与所述第一报文关联的第四处理规则。The user plane network element manages a fourth processing rule associated with the first packet according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  25. 一种组播通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    会话管理网元接收来自第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;The session management network element receives an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, where the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session;
    所述会话管理网元获取接入控制信息,所述接入控制信息指示所述第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组;The session management network element acquires access control information, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join;
    所述会话管理网根据所述接入控制信息确定所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则,所述第六处理规则包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,且所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则均处于去激活状态;The session management network determines a sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information, and the sixth processing rule includes the Ethernet multicast message of the at least one Ethernet type multicast group routing rules, and the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the at least one Ethernet type multicast group are all in a deactivated state;
    所述会话管理网向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则;所述第五处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理第二类型的报文,所述第二类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求加入以太类型的组播组,所述第五处理规则包括第一类报文检测规则和第一类报文处理规则,其中,所述第一类报文检测规则用于检测用于所述第二类型的报文,所述第一类报文处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元将与检测到的所述第二类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规 则从去激活态设置为激活态。The session management network sends the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element; the fifth processing rule is used by the user The plane network element processes the second type of message, and the second type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join the Ethernet type multicast group, and the fifth processing rule includes the first type of message detection rule and the second A type of packet processing rule, wherein the first type of packet detection rule is used to detect the second type of packet, and the first type of packet processing rule is used to indicate that the user plane network element Setting the routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected second type of packet from the deactivated state to the activated state.
  26. 一种组播通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    用户面网元接收来自会话管理功能网元的第一以太PDU会话的第五处理规则和所述第一以太PDU会话的第六处理规则,所述第一以太PDU会话为第一终端设备请求建立的以太PDU会话;所述第五处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理第二类型的报文,所述第二类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求加入以太类型的组播组,所述第六处理规则包括至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,且所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则处于去激活状态,所述至少一个以太类型的组播组为所述第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组;所述第五处理规则包括第一类报文检测规则和第一类报文处理规则,其中,所述第一类报文检测规则用于检测用于所述第二类型的报文,所述第一类报文处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元将与检测到的所述第二类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态;The user plane network element receives the fifth processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session and the sixth processing rule of the first Ethernet PDU session from the session management function network element, and the first Ethernet PDU session is requested to be established by the first terminal device The Ethernet PDU session; the fifth processing rule is used for the user plane network element to process the second type of message, and the second type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join the Ethernet type multicast group, The sixth processing rule includes routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of at least one Ethernet-type multicast group, and the routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets of the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group are in a deactivated state, The at least one Ethernet-type multicast group is at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join; the fifth processing rule includes a first-type message detection rule and a first-type message processing rule A rule, wherein the first type of message detection rule is used to detect the second type of message, and the first type of message processing rule is used to indicate that the user plane network element will communicate with the detected The routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the second type of packet is set from a deactivated state to an activated state;
    所述用户面网元接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一报文;The user plane network element receives the first packet from the first terminal device;
    所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第一类报文检测规则匹配,将从所述第一报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the first type of packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the The Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group;
    在所述至少一个以太类型的组播组包括所述第一组播组时,所述用户面网元根据所述第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则;When the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group includes the first multicast group, the user plane network element indexes to the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group Routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets;
    所述用户面网元根据所述第一类报文处理规则将所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。The user plane network element sets the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group from a deactivated state to an activated state according to the first type of packet processing rule.
  27. 一种组播通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    会话管理网元接收来自第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;The session management network element receives an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, where the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session;
    所述会话管理网元向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第一处理规则,所述第一处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收到的第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以太类型的组播组,所述第一处理规则包括第一报文检测规则和第一报文处理规则,所述第一报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第一报文处理规则用于指示向所述会话管理网元报告检测到的所述第一类型的报文;The session management network element sends the first processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element, and the first processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the A message of the first type received, the message of the first type is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit the multicast group of the Ethernet type, and the first processing rule includes a first message detection rule and A first packet processing rule, where the first packet detection rule is used to detect the first type of packet, and the first packet processing rule is used to instruct to report all detected packets to the session management network element the first type of message;
    所述用户面网元在接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的所述第一处理规则之后,接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一报文;receiving, by the user plane network element, the first packet from the first terminal device after receiving the first processing rule from the session management function network element;
    所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第一报文检测规则匹配,根据所述第一报文处理规则向所述会话管理功能网元发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息包括所述第一报文或根据所述第一报文生成的N4报告。The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the first packet detection rule, and sends first indication information to the session management function network element according to the first packet processing rule, and the first The indication information includes the first message or the N4 report generated according to the first message.
  28. 一种组播通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    会话管理网元接收来自第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;The session management network element receives an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, where the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session;
    所述会话管理网向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第三处理规则;所述第三处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理从所述第一终端设备接收的第一类型的报文,所述第三处理规则包括第三报文检测规则和第三报文处理规则,所述第三报文检测规则用于检测所述第一类型的报文,所述第一类型的报文用于所述第一终端设备请求加入或退出以 太类型的组播组,所述第三报文处理规则用于管理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的第四处理规则,所述第四处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元处理与所述检测到的所述第一类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文;The session management network sends the third processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element; the third processing rule is used for the user plane network element to process the first Ethernet PDU received from the first terminal device A type of message, the third processing rule includes a third message detection rule and a third message processing rule, the third message detection rule is used to detect the first type of message, the first A type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join or exit an Ethernet type multicast group, and the third message processing rule is used to manage the association with the detected first type of message A fourth processing rule, the fourth processing rule is used to instruct the user plane network element to process the Ethernet multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected packet of the first type ;
    所述用户面网元在接收来自所述会话管理网元的所述第三处理规则之后,接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一报文;receiving, by the user plane network element, the first packet from the first terminal device after receiving the third processing rule from the session management network element;
    所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第三报文检测规则匹配,将从所述第一报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the third packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group;
    所述用户面网元根据所述第三报文处理规则和所述第一组播组的以太组播地址管理与所述第一报文关联的第四处理规则。The user plane network element manages a fourth processing rule associated with the first packet according to the third packet processing rule and the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group.
  29. 一种组播通信方法,其特征在于,该方法包括:A multicast communication method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    会话管理网元接收来自第一终端设备的以太PDU会话建立消息,所述以太PDU会话建立消息用于请求建立第一以太PDU会话;The session management network element receives an Ethernet PDU session establishment message from the first terminal device, where the Ethernet PDU session establishment message is used to request establishment of the first Ethernet PDU session;
    所述会话管理网元获取接入控制信息,所述接入控制信息指示所述第一终端设备允许加入的至少一个以太类型的组播组;The session management network element acquires access control information, where the access control information indicates at least one Ethernet-type multicast group that the first terminal device is allowed to join;
    所述会话管理网根据所述接入控制信息确定所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则,所述第六处理规则包括所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则,且所述至少一个以太类型的组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则均处于去激活状态;The session management network determines a sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session according to the access control information, and the sixth processing rule includes the Ethernet multicast message of the at least one Ethernet type multicast group routing rules, and the routing rules of the Ethernet multicast packets of the at least one Ethernet type multicast group are all in a deactivated state;
    所述会话管理网向用户面网元发送所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第五处理规则和所述第一以太PDU会话对应的第六处理规则;所述第五处理规则用于所述用户面网元处理第二类型的报文,所述第二类型的报文用于第一终端设备请求加入以太类型的组播组,所述第五处理规则包括第一类报文检测规则和第一类报文处理规则,其中,所述第一类报文检测规则用于检测用于所述第二类型的报文,所述第一类报文处理规则用于指示所述用户面网元将与检测到的所述第二类型的报文关联的以太类型的组播组的组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态;The session management network sends the fifth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session and the sixth processing rule corresponding to the first Ethernet PDU session to the user plane network element; the fifth processing rule is used by the user The plane network element processes the second type of message, and the second type of message is used for the first terminal device to request to join the Ethernet type multicast group, and the fifth processing rule includes the first type of message detection rule and the second A type of packet processing rule, wherein the first type of packet detection rule is used to detect the second type of packet, and the first type of packet processing rule is used to indicate that the user plane network element The routing rule of the multicast packet of the Ethernet type multicast group associated with the detected second type of packet is set from a deactivated state to an activated state;
    所述用户面网元在接收来自所述会话管理功能网元的所述第五处理规则和所述第六处理规则之后,接收来自所述第一终端设备的第一报文;receiving, by the user plane network element, the first packet from the first terminal device after receiving the fifth processing rule and the sixth processing rule from the session management function network element;
    所述用户面网元确定所述第一报文与所述第一类报文检测规则匹配,将从所述第一报文获取的所述第一组播组的IP组播地址映射为所述第一组播组的以太组播地址;The user plane network element determines that the first packet matches the first type of packet detection rule, and maps the IP multicast address of the first multicast group obtained from the first packet to the The Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group;
    在所述至少一个以太类型的组播组包括所述第一组播组时,所述用户面网元根据所述第一组播组的以太组播地址索引到所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则;When the at least one Ethernet-type multicast group includes the first multicast group, the user plane network element indexes to the first multicast group according to the Ethernet multicast address of the first multicast group Routing rules for Ethernet multicast packets;
    所述用户面网元根据所述第一类报文处理规则将所述第一组播组的以太组播报文的路由规则从去激活态设置为激活态。The user plane network element sets the routing rule of the Ethernet multicast packet of the first multicast group from a deactivated state to an activated state according to the first type of packet processing rule.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于读取并执行存储在存储器中的指令,以使所述装置实现如权利要求1至29任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor, the processor is configured to read and execute instructions stored in a memory, so that the device implements the method according to any one of claims 1 to 29.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1至29中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer programs or instructions are stored in the storage medium, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed by a communication device, the implementation of any one of claims 1 to 29 Methods.
PCT/CN2022/108671 2021-07-29 2022-07-28 Multicast communication method and device WO2023006042A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110866710.2 2021-07-29
CN202110866710.2A CN115696223A (en) 2021-07-29 2021-07-29 Multicast communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023006042A1 true WO2023006042A1 (en) 2023-02-02

Family

ID=85059393

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/108671 WO2023006042A1 (en) 2021-07-29 2022-07-28 Multicast communication method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115696223A (en)
WO (1) WO2023006042A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105635249A (en) * 2015-12-18 2016-06-01 小米科技有限责任公司 Session management method and apparatus
CN109672549A (en) * 2017-10-16 2019-04-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Management method and device, gateway control veil member, communication system and storage medium
CN111010673A (en) * 2018-10-08 2020-04-14 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN111770537A (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-10-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and equipment for resource establishment
CN113133131A (en) * 2019-12-31 2021-07-16 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105635249A (en) * 2015-12-18 2016-06-01 小米科技有限责任公司 Session management method and apparatus
CN109672549A (en) * 2017-10-16 2019-04-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Management method and device, gateway control veil member, communication system and storage medium
CN111010673A (en) * 2018-10-08 2020-04-14 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN111770537A (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-10-13 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method and equipment for resource establishment
CN113133131A (en) * 2019-12-31 2021-07-16 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115696223A (en) 2023-02-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220174119A1 (en) Session establishment method and device
WO2020073919A1 (en) Packet transmission method and apparatus
US8656029B2 (en) Multicast session setup in networks by determining a multicast session parameter based on a pre-existing unicast session parameter
Nguyen et al. Proposal and evaluation of SDN‐based mobile packet core networks
CN114503776A (en) Supporting group communications using shared downlink data
AU2015401354B2 (en) Evolved multimedia broadcast/multicast service embms system and management method
WO2021136212A1 (en) Routing configuration method and device
US20220408162A1 (en) Multicast service transmission method and apparatus
CN111526552A (en) UE execution method and UE, SMF entity execution method and SMF entity
CN112584328B (en) Multicast communication method and device
US9681473B2 (en) MTC service management using NFV
AU2020395266B2 (en) Methods and systems for multicast and broadcast service establishment in wireless communication networks
WO2022012468A1 (en) Routing configuration method and apparatus
CN112105088A (en) Multicast communication method, device and system
US20220263879A1 (en) Multicast session establishment method and network device
WO2007054006A1 (en) A base station of wideband wireless access system and a method for realizing group-broadcast service
AU2021311430B2 (en) Route configuration method and apparatus
WO2023006042A1 (en) Multicast communication method and device
WO2023029590A1 (en) Multicast/broadcast session management method and communication apparatus
WO2023012155A1 (en) Method and publisher-subscriber network
WO2023178988A1 (en) User plane traffic routing configuration method, apparatus, and system
WO2022213799A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus for multicast service
TWI786013B (en) A communication method and device
CN111866759B (en) Group communication method and device
WO2022218099A1 (en) Multicast communication method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22848647

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE